TM 5-4520-253-13

OPERATOR’S, UNIT, AND INTERMEDIATE

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS i

OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS 2-1

UNIT MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS 3-1

INTERMEDIATE
MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS 4-1

MAINTENANCE
ALLOCATION
CHART B-1

EXPENDABLE
SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS LIST E-1

HEATER, SPACE, MULTIFUEL TORQUE LIMITS G-1

WITH BLOWER, 60,000 BTU/HR, 120 V

UH-68G
GLOSSARY
(4520-01-203-4410)

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
ALPHABETICAL INDEX

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

4 NOVEMBER 1986
 TM 5-4520-253-13
C2

CHANGE HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
No. 2 WASHINGTON, D.C., 13 December 1989

Operator’s, Unit, and Intermediate Maintenance Manual

HEATER, SPACE, MULTIFUEL

WITH BLOWER, 60,000 BTU/HR, 120 V
MODEL UH-68G and UH-68G1
(4520-01-203-4410)
(4520-01-297-6803)

Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

TM 5-4520-253-13, 4 November 1986, is changed as follows:

1. Title is changed as shown above.

2. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material
is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin. An illustration change is indicated
by a miniature pointing hand.

Remove pages Insert pages

i and ii i and ii
1-1 through 1-5/1-6 1-1 through 1-6
--- 1-7 and 1-8
2-1 and 2-2 2-1 and 2-2
2-5 through 2-8 2-5 through 2-8
--- 2-8.1 and 2-8.2
2-9 and 2-10 2-9 and 2-10
3-1 and 3-2 3-1 and 3-2
3-11 and 3-12 3-11 and 3-12
3-33 through 3-40 3-33 through 3-40
--- 3-40.1/3-40.2
3-47 and 3-48 3-47 and 3-48
3-53 and 3-54 3-53 and 3-54
3-61 through 3-66 3-61 through 3-66
4-11 through 4-14 4-11 through 4-14
--- 4-14.1/4-14.2
4-17 and 4-18 4-17 and 4-18
--- 4-18.1/4-18.2
4-19 and 4-20 4-19 and 4-20
4-25 and 4-26 4-25 and 4-26
--- 4-26.1 through 4-26.4
4-27 through 4-32 4-27 through-4-32
--- 4-32.1/4-32.2
Index 1 and Index 2 Index 1 and Index 2

3. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.

TM 5-4520-253-13

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

CARL E. VUONO
General United States Army
Chief of Staff

Official:

WILLIAM J. MEEHAN, II
Brigadier General United States Army
The Adjutant General

DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-25A, Operator’s, Unit, and Direct
Support and General Support Maintenance requirements for Heater, Space (UH68G).
 TM 5-4520-253-13
C1

CHANGE- HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
No. 1 WASHINGTON, D.C., 30 September 1988

O p e r a t o r ’ s , Unit, and Intermediate Maintenance Manual

HEATER, SPACE, MULTIFUEL WITH BLOWER

60,000 BTU/HR, 120 V, UH-68G
(4520-01-203-4410)

TM 5-4520-253-13, 4 November 1986, is changed as follows:

1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material
is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin. An illustration change is indicated
by a miniature pointing hand.

Remove pages Insert pages

i and ii i and ii
2-1 and 2-2 2-1 and 2-2
--- 2-2.1 through 2-2.5/2-2.6
2-3 and 2-4 2-3 and 2-4
2-9 and 2-10 2-9 and 2-10
3-9 through 3-16 3-9 through 3-16
3-17 and 3-18 3-17
3-19 through 3-24 3-24

2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.

By order of the Secretary of the Army:

CARL E. VUONO
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff

WILLIAM J. MEEHAN, II
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General

DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-25A, Operator’s, Unit and Direct
Support and General Support Maintenance requirements for Heater, Space, Multifuel,
60,000 BTU (UH-68F).
 TM 5-4520-253-13

WARNING
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY

could occur if fuel is not handled carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or excessive heat. Engines must be
turned off and cool before refueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel containers. Do not use fuel as a clean-
ing solvent. DO NOT SMOKE.

EXPLOSION HAZARD

Do not operate heater if fuel leakage is detected.

CARBON MONOXIDE (EXHAUST GAS) CAN KILL YOU

Do not operate heater in enclosure unless exhaust gases are piped outside. Exhaust gases
contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, deadly poisonous gas. Failure to provide
proper elimination of the exhaust can cause severe illness or death.

SERIOUS INJURY

Do not connect power cable to 120 V ac, 50/60 Hz electrical source until power cable
has been properly connected to power plug.

FIRE HAZARD

During operation, exhaust pipe becomes hot enough to cause combustion of wood or
other flammable building materials. Provide adequate space and fireproof insulation
between exhaust pipe and wall to prevent fire.

HEALTH AND SAFETY HAZARD

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent) is potentially dangerous.

Avoid repeated and prolonged breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other ignition sources. Always wear eye
protection and protective clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59°C).

a
TM 5-4520-253-13

WARNING
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY

could occur if compressed air is directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to 30 psi (207 kPa) or less.
When working with compressed air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

ELECTRIC SHOCK

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not taken when maintaining this
equipment. Position HEATER-OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2 prior to gaining access to
heater compartments, Terminals of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making continuity tests or before re-
pairing heater. Always have another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capacitor C3 by shorting out con-
tacts using tool having insulated handle.

SEVERE BURNS

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room temperature before gaining access to
heater compartments.

SEVERE BURNS

may result from touching surfaces of and near heat exchanger and exhaust system.

For artificial respiration, refer to FM 21-11.

b
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
No. 5-4520-253-13 WASHINGTON, D.C., 4 November 1986

Operator's, Unit, and Intermediate Maintenance Manual

HEATER, SPACE, MULTIFUEL WITH BLOWER
60,000 BTU/HR, 120 V, MODELS UH-68G AND UH-68G1
(4520-01-203-4410)
(4520-01-297-6803)

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the
procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publica-
tions and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located in back of this manual direct to: Commander,
U.S. Army Troop Support Command, Attention: AMSTR-MCTS, 4300 Goodfellow Boulevard, St.
Louis, Missouri 63120-1798. A reply will be furnished to you.

Page

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Section I General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Section II Equipment Description and Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Section Ill Technical Principles of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

CHAPTER 2 ....................................................... 2-1

Section I Description and Use of Operator’s Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Section II Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2.1
Section Ill Operation Under Usual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Section IV Operation Under Unusual Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

CHAPTER 3 .................................. 3-1

Section I Lubrication Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Section II Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Section Ill Service Upon Receipt of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Section IV Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Section V Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Section VI Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Section Vll Preparation for Storage or Shipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-126

CHAPTER 4 INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Section I Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Section II Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Change 2 i
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Page

APPENDIX A. REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

APPENDIX B. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART ....................... B-1
APPENDIX C. COMPONENTS OF END ITEMS AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. C-1
APPENDIX D. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. D-1
APPENDIX E. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST E-1

APPENDIX F. ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

APPENDIX G. G-1
GLOSSARY Glossary 1
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 1

LIST OF TABLES

Number Title Page

2-1 Controls and lndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-2 Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services . . . . . . . . 2-2.1
3-1 Additional Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-2 Unit preventive Maintenance Checks and Services . . . . . . . 3-12
3-3 Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-4 Plug Wiring Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
3-5 Control Box Harness Wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
3-6 Fabricated Control Box Harness Wires . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
3-7 Plug Wire Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-126
4-1 Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-2 Receptacle Wiring Sequence . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-2.1 Harness Receptacle Wiring Sequence . . . . . 4-26.1
4-2.2 Harness Plug Wiring Sequence . . . . . . . 4-26.2
4-3 Printed Circuit (PC) Board Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

ii Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION

Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1. SCOPE

Type of Manual: Operator’s, Unit, and Intermediate Maintenance Manual.

Model Number and Equipment Name: Model UH-68G and Model UH-68G1 Heater, Space, Multi-
fuel With Blower, 60,000 Btu/Hour, 120 Volt, manufactured by Hunter
Manufacturing Company, Cleveland r Ohio 44139.

Purpose of Equipment: Circulates heated air in enclosed spaces to maintain temperature within
desired range. Designed to provide safe heating for both equipment and
personnel.

1-2. MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS

Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those pre-
scribed by DA Pam 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).

Change 2 1-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

1-3. REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR’S)

If your space heater needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one
who can tell us what you don’t like about your equipment. Let us know why you don’t like the
design or performance. Put it on an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to us at Commander,
Headquarters, U.S. Army Troop Support Command, Attention: AMSTR-QX, 4300 Goodfellow
Boulevard, St. Louis, Missouri 63120-1798. We will send you a reply.

1-4. DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Command decisions, according to tactical situation, will determine when destruction of the space
heater will be accomplished. A destruction plan will be prepared by the using organization, unless one
has been prepared by higher authority. For general destruction procedures for this equipment, refer to
TM 750-244-3, Procedures for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use.

1-5. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

Contact unit maintenance for preparation for storage or shipment. Refer to paragraphs 3-20 through
3-22.

1-6. NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE LIST

For precise identification, simplified nomenclature has been established for clarity and is shown in the
nomenclature cross-reference Iist.

NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE LIST

This listing includes nomenclature cross-references used in this manual.

Common Name Official Nomenclature

Space heater Heater, Space, Multifuel With Blower, 60,000 BTU/HR,

120 V

Section Il. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-7. PURPOSE OF HEATER

Model UH-68G and UH-68G1 space heaters burn gasoline or diesel fuel to generate heated air. Fuel is
pumped from a remote source by an external fuel pump, forced through a spray nozzle, ignited, and
burned in the combustion chamber of a heat exchanger. A fan blows air across the heat exchanger and
into the space to be heated. Temperature is controlled by a room thermostat. Model UH-68G and
UH-68G1 have the following applications:
To heat rooms, maintenance buildings, storage facilities, shop, maintenance and
communication vans.
To supply forced fresh air ventilation without heating.

1-2 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

1-8. CAPABILITIES AND FEATURES

• Multifuel capability.
• Variable temperature range.
• Variable mounting attitude capability.
• Remote room thermostat control.
• Automatic shutdown to prevent overheating.

1-9. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

CONTROL BOX. Provides controls for operating heater or fan, reset buttons, and indicator
lights.

HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY. Houses components of space heater.

PC BOARD CONTROL. Monitors and controls all functions of the space heater.

COMBUSTION BLOWER. Provides combustion air to burner of heat exchanger assembly.

IGNITION TRANSFORMER. Provides current for the igniter.

VENTILATING MOTOR ASSEMBLY. Blows fresh air across heat exchanger.

HEAT EXCHANGER. Fuel burns inside heat exchanger. Air flows over exterior of heat ex-
changer and is heated. Heated air is blown out of heat exchanger.

BURNER HEAD. Generates air-fuel mixture which burns inside heat exchanger.
CARBURETOR. Delivers controlled amount of fuel to burner head.

Change 2 1-3
TM 5-4520-253-13

1-10. EQUIPMENT DATA

Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hunter Manufacturing Company
Model numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . UH-68G and UH-68G1
Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 120 V ac
Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . 50 to 60 Hz
Current draw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 7.0 amp
Heating rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 60,000 Btu/hr
Air delivery rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
675 cfm (0.319 cu m/s) - 50 Hz
575 cfm (0.271 cu m/s) - 60 Hz
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gasoline (up to 100-octane grade)
Diesel fuel, VV-F-800, Class DF-1, DF-2, or DF-A
Overall dimensions and weight
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.187 in. (53.815 cm)
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.875 in. (27.623 cm)
Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.125 in. (61.278 cm)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 lb (54.43 kg)

1-10.1 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODELS

Model UH-68G and UH-68G1 do not differ with regard to purpose, capabilities, features, or location and
description of major components. Model UH-68G1 has a receptacle and plug connector added to the
printed circuit (PC) board wiring harness. Model UH-68G has no connector in the harness. The recep-
tacle and plug connector reduces the time and effort needed to replace the PC board assembly. If the
PC board assembly must be replaced in a Model UH-68G space heater, a Model UH-68G1 printed circuit
board assembly may be used. Electrical receptacles for power, external fuel pump, and room thermo-
stat, located on the control box and heater case assembly, are soldered and potted connectors for the
Model UH-68G. Electrical receptacles for the Model UH-68G1 are soldered and sealed with a grommet,
ferrule, and endbell.

1-4 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Ill. TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

1-11. H E A T E R OPERATING PRINCIPLES

CONTROL BOX - contains controls and indicators. One control sets in motion a sequence of events
which causes startup and operation of the heater.

CARBURETOR - controls flow of fuel to burner head.

COMBUSTION BLOWER - provides air to mix with fuel for combustion.

HEAT EXCHANGER - provides chamber where fuel is burned and heat generated. Combustion fumes
are exhausted outside enclosure being heated.

VENTILATING AlR MOTOR - rotates fan blades and directs stream of air across heat exchanger and
through screen, Continues operation after heater is turned off at control box until heater has cooled.
Can be used to circulate unheated air.

ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP - not mounted on heater. Pumps fuel from remote supply to fuel inlet.

Change 2 1-5
TM 5-4520-253-13

1-12. ELECTRICAL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION

FUNCTIONS. The heater has five functions: (1) START, (2) RUN, (3) PURGE, (4) FAULT, and
(5) FAN.

START. With the heater connected to a 120 volt power source, potential is applied through circuit
breaker CB1, the line side of HEATER-OFF-FAN switch S1, and flame switch FS1. Circuit breaker CB1
protects the heater circuitry from direct shorts or overloads.

RUN. When HEATER-OFF-FAN switch is turned to the HEAT position, three parallel circuits are closed.
One circuit powers white HEAT light DS2. One circuit powers carburetor heater HR1 through carburetor
thermostat-S2. This circuit is completed when the temperature is below 400° F. The third circuit sends
power through connector J2 to the room thermostat. When the thermostat contacts are closed, calling
for heat, power passes back through connector J2 to circuit breaker CB2. When pressed, circuit breaker
CB2 allows current to flow to three circuits necessary for combustion: air, ignition, and fuel.

COMBUSTION. Combustion blower B2 supplies air needed for burning fuel. Combustion blower B2 is
electrically suppressed by two feed-through capacitors C1 and C2. Combustion blower B2 also in-
corporates normally closed thermal overload switch S5.

IGNITION. Ignition transformer T1 supplies the spark necessary to ignite the fuel for burning.
Transformer T1 increases the applied 120 volts to 6000 volts across igniter plug E1, which is much like
an automobile spark plug.

FUEL. The power from circuit breaker CB2 passes through two overheat switches S3 and S4 before
going to stepdown transformer T2 which decreases 120 volts to 24 volts. The 24 volts alternating cur-
rent is converted to 24 volts direct current by bridge rectifier CR1. The 24 volts direct current powers
fuel solenoid L1 and fuel pump L2, used to supply fuel for combustion.

HEAT. If all three items (spark, fuel, and combustion air) are present in their proper amounts, com-
bustion takes place in the heat exchanger, producing heat. If heat is sensed by flame switch FS1 within
a preset time after main HEATER-OF-FAN switch S1 is closed, the heater will continue to operate
and ventilating air motor B1 will operate.

FLAME SWITCH. Flame switch (FS1 ) is a normally open (NO), normally closed (NC) thermal switch. The NC
contacts complete the circuit for the time delay through the windings of the vent motor (B1). When the heat
exchanger reaches approximately 125°F the FS1 contacts reverse. The FS1 reversing action opens the circuit to
the time delay and activates the B1 motor to circulate warm air.

PURGE. When the contacts of room thermostat S7 are opened or HEATER-OFF-FAN switch S1 is turned to the
OFF position when the heater is hot, the unit will go into its purge cycle. Potential is applied through circuit
breaker CB1 to the normally open contacts of flame switch FS1, now closed because of the hot heat exchanger, to
ventilating air motor B1. Ventilating air motor B1 will stay in the circuit until the heat exchanger cools
enough to allow the contacts of flame switch FS1 to open.

FAN. When HEATER-OFF-FAN switch S1 is placed in the FAN position, ventilating air motor B1 will be started
with the aid of start capacitor C3. Capacitor C3 is disconnected by the RPM increase of ventilating air motor B1.
Ventilating air motor B1 is protected by overload switch S6, connected to the windings.

1-6 Change 2
TM 5-4520-253-13

Change 2 1-7
 TM 5-4520-253-13

1-8 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

CHAPTER 2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Section I. DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR’S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

2-1. OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

Table 2-1. Controls and Indicators

Key Control or Indicator Function

1 HEATER-OFF-FAN Starting and stopping of heater. HEATER position circulates heated
switch air. FAN position circulates unheated air. When switched to OFF from
HEATER position, heater continues to run until heater has cooled.
2 White HEAT light Indicates heater is in HEAT mode.
3 Red FAULT light Indicates heater has stopped because of:
a. Ignition failure.
b. Lack of fuel.
c. Combustion blower failure.
4 RESET circuit Resets heater circuits causing heater to repeat normal starting
breaker procedure.

Change 2 2-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 2-1. Controls and Indicators-Continued

Key Control or Indicator Function

5 CIRCUIT BREAKER Disconnects power if short circuit occurs. Press to reset.
6 Louver handle Controls air intake louvers to attain optimum air flow.

NOTE

Heat output is constant when heater Is operating. Raising

thermostat setting does not heat enclosure faster. Set ther-
mostat only to temperature desired.

7 Temperature adjustment For selecting temperature desired in enclosure. Rotate until desired
knob temperature is aligned with index mark.

8 POWER RECEPTACLE Connection for external source of 120 V ac, 50/60 Hz electrical power.
9 EXTERNAL FUEL Connection for plugging in external electric fuel pump,
PUMP RECEPTACLE
10 ROOM THERMO Connection for plugging in remote thermostat which controls heat of
RECEPTACLE enclosure.

2-2 Change 1
 TM 5-4520-253-13
Section Il. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-1.1 INTRODUCTION

a. General. Your Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services table lists the inspections and care of your equip-
ment required to keep it in good operating condition.

(1) Before you operate. Always keep in mind the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS. Perform your before (B) PMCS.

(2) While you operate. Always keep in mind the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS. Perform your during (D) PMCS.

(3) After you operate. Be sure to perform your after (A) PMCS.

(4) If your equipment fails to operate. If your equipment does not perform as required, notify unit maintenance
to troubleshoot problem. Report any malfunctions or failures on the proper DA Form 2404, or refer to DA PAM 738-750.

b. PMCS columnar entries.

(1) Item number column. This is the order in which you perform checks and services on (equipment name).
The entry in this column will also be used as a source of item numbers for the “TM Item Number” column on DA
Form 2404, Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet, in recording results of PMCS.

(2) Interval columns. The interval column of your PMCS table tells you when to do a certain check or service.

(3) Item to be inspected. Identification of item to be inspected.

(4) Procedures column. The procedures column of your PMCS table tells you how to do the required checks
and services. Carefully follow these instructions. If you do not have the tools, or if the procedure tells you to, have
the next higher level of maintenance do the work.

(5) Equipment is not ready/available if: column. Entries in this column will be keyed specifically to checks listed
in the “procedures” column for the purpose of identifying, for the check, the criteria that will cause the equipment
to be classified as not ready/available because of inability to perform its primary Combat Mission. An entry in this
column will:

• Identify conditions that make the equipment not ready/available for readiness reporting.

• Deny use of the equipment until corrective maintenance has been performed.

c. Special instructions. Leakage definitions for operator/crew PMCS shall be classified as follows:

Class I Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not great enough to form drops.

Class II Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops but not enough to cause drops to drip from item being
checked/inspected.

Class Ill Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops that fall from the item being checked/inspected.

Change 1 2-2.1
TM 5-4520-253-13
CAUTION

Equipment operation is allowable with minor leakages (Class

I or II). Of course, you must consider the fluid capacity in the
item/system being checked/inspected. When in doubt, notify
your supervisor.

When operating with Class I or II leaks, continue to check fluid

levels as required in your PMCS.

Class Ill leaks should be reported to your supervisor.

Table 2-2. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

NOTE

If the equipment must be kept in continuous operation, check

and service only those items that can be checked and servic-
ed without disturbing operation. Make the complete checks
and services when the equipment can be shut down.

B—Before Operation D—During Operation A—After Operation

Interval Equipment is
ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Item Not Ready/
B D A PROCEDURE
No. Available If:

FUEL LINE SYSTEM

2-2.2 Change 1
 TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 2-2. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

B—Before Operation D—During Operation A—After Operation

Interval Equipment is
— ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Item Not Ready/
No. B PROCEDURE Available if:
—

1 Ž Inspect the following fuel system components for leaks: Leak greater
(1) Fuel inlet fitting than Class I at
(2) Fuel overflow fitting fitting and any
(3) Fuel lines leak in fuel line
(4) Fuel connections itself or fuel
(5) Fuel overflow container container.
(6) Fuel supply container
(7) External fuel pump
Tighten any loose connections.

EXHAUST SYSTEM

2 • Inspect entire exhaust system for leaks resulting from damage, cor- Exhaust line
rosion, and/or loose components. inspect through-the-wall installa- punctured or
tion for evidence of overheated, singed, or burned wood or other rusted through.
flammable building materials. Tighten loose connection. Building material
damaged by
heat.

3 inspect exhaust system for fresh carbon buildup or other evidence of Exhaust line
exhaust leaks. punctured or
rusted through.

EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

4 • Check electrical plugs for tight seating in receptacles. Check ground

strap for secureness. Tighten loose connections.

HEATER CASE

5 • Inspect adjustable louvers (1), fixed louvers (2), and screen (3) for
— obstructions. Remove obstructions.

Change 1 2-2.3
TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 2-2. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

B—Before Operation D—During Operation A—After Operation

Interval Equipment is
ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Item Not Ready/
No. B D A PROCEDURE Available If:

HEATER OPERATION

Surfaces of and near heat exchanger and exhaust system can

become hot enough to cause severe burns if touched.

Do not operate heater in enclosure unless exhaust gases are

piped outside. Exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide, a
colorless, odorless, deadly poisonous gas. Failure to provide
proper elimination of the exhaust can cause severe illness or
death.

6 • Monitor operation of unit using senses of sight, hearing, touch, and

smell:
a. Look for signs of excessive vibration, fuel leaks, exhaust leaks, Excessive vibra-
arcing, overheating of heater and/or electrical components, and ion, fuel leak-
incomplete combustion. ing, exhaust
leaking, defects
b. Listen for abnormal noise that may indicate possible failures in in electrical
motor bearings, fans, fuel feed systems, combustion chamber, system, burned
and heat exchanger. out bearing,
damaged fan,
c. Touch cool portions of heater to determine vibration level. leaking heat
exchanger.
d. Note unusual smells that may indicate overheating, exhaust
leaks, heat exchanger leaks, fuel leaks, incomplete combustion,
and faulty electrical circuits.

e. If inspection indicates combustion problem, open front access Combustion

door (1) and adjust fuel needle (2) as follows: problems con-
tinue after fuel
needle adjusted

2-2.4 Change 1
 TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 2-2. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

B—Before Operation D—During Operation A—After Operation

Change 1 2-2.5/(2-2.6 Blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13
SECTION Ill. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

2-2. DAILY CHECKS

Before operation, heater must be connected to 120 V ac, 50/60 Hz electrical power supply and external fuel supply.
Temperature is controlled by remote thermostat. Before starting heater, make following checks:

WARNING

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open flame,
arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or excessive heat.
Engines must be turned off and cool before refueling. Use pro-
per refueling procedures and equipment to avoid spillage. Do
not run engines near open fuel containers. Do not use fuel as
a cleaning solvent. DO NOT SMOKE.

a. Ensure plugs are completely inserted and threaded sleeves tightened at the following electrical connections:

(1) POWER RECEPTACLE (8, table 2-1).

(2) EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE (9, table 2-1).

(3) ROOM THERMO RECEPTACLE (10, table 2-1).

b. Ensure fuel level in fuel supply container is adequate for the period of operation required. Ensure fuel shut-
off valve on fuel supply container is open.

WARNING

Do not operate heater if fuel leakage is detected.

2-3. OPERATING PROCEDURES

Heater can be operated in either of two modes:

a. Heating mode.

b. Fan mode.

Change 1 2-3
TM 5-4520-253-13

2-4. OPERATION IN HEATING MODE

Do not operate heater in enclosure unless exhaust gases are

piped outside. Exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide, a
colorless, odorless, deadly poisonous gas. Failure to provide
proper elimination of the exhaust can cause severe illness or
death.

a. Set remote thermostat at desired temperature and open shutoff valve at fuel container.

b. Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch (1) in HEATER position. White HEAT light (2) wiII come on
and burner will ignite. Burner will alternately turn off and on in response to thermostat con-
tacts opening and closing. White light will remain on. Ventilating motor circulates warm air
from heater.

c. If ignition does not occur within a predetermined time, power automatically shuts off and red
FAULT light (3) will come on. Push RESET button (4) to reactivate starting cycle.

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

d. If heater shuts down shortly after starting, red FAULT light (3) will come on, Check fuel supply
and replenish if necessary. Allow 3 to 5 minutes for heater to cool, and press RESET button (4).

e. Open or close louvers with louver handle (5) to obtain optimum air intake for the ventilating
motor.

2-4
 TM 5-4520-253-13

2-5. OPERATION IN FAN MODE

a. Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch (1) in FAN position.

b. Ventilating motor will start and white light will come on. There is no thermostat control in fan mode. If
heater is still warm from heater operation, warm air will circulate until heat exchanger cools. Otherwise,
room temperature will be recirculated.

2-6. SHUTDOWN

a. Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in OFF position.

Do not disconnect power cable from POWER RECEPTACLE

until heater has completed purge cycle.

b. For several minutes after operation in heater mode, ventilating motor will continue to run. After heater has
cooled, heater will shut off automatically.

2-7. OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

There are no special instructions for operation of auxiliary equipment. External fuel pump operates in response to
heater controls. Thermostat needs only to be set at desired temperature.

Change 2 2-5
 TM 5-4520-253-13

2-8. INFORMATION PLATES AND DECALS

Heater has the following identification, warning, and instruction plates and labels:

*NOTE
Items 12 and 13 may be
located on opposite panel.

2-6 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

1. RESET label. Identifies RESET button.

2. CIRCUIT BREAKER label. Identifies CIRCUIT

BREAKER button.

3. Igniter plate. identifies specific igniter to be used and

provides part number.

4. FUEL OVERFLOW tag. Metal tag identifying FUEL

OVERFLOW fitting.

5. FUEL INLET tag. Metal tag identifying FUEL INLET

fitting.

6. EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE label.

Identifies electrical receptacle for plugging in
electric fuel pump.

7. Control box cover name plate. Identifies HEATER:

OFF-FAN switch and provides minimal operating
instructions.

8. POWER RECEPTACLE label. Identifies electrical

receptacle for plugging in external 120 V ac, 50/60 Hz
external power.

2-7
TM 5-4520-253-13

9. ROOM THERMO decal. Identifies electrical

receptacle for plugging in remote thermostat.

10. Warning Iabel. Warns against servicing

heater without first disconnecting main power.

11. FUEL ADJUSTMENT label. Provides arrow

locating fuel needle.

2-8 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

12. Wiring diagram plate. Provides wiring diagram of electrical circuits controlling heater.

Change 2 2-8.1
 TM 5-4520-253-13

2-8.2 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

13. Sequence of operation Information plate. Highlights sequence of electrical operation of heater and correc-
tive steps to be taken

14. Identification plate. Provides NSN number, part number, name of manufacturer, contract number, date,
serial number, and weight.

15. Identification label. Identifies ignition

transformer. Provides name of manufacturer,
part number, electrical values for primary and
secondary windings, and states ONE END
GROUNDED.

Change 2 2-9
TM 5-4520-253-13

SECTION IV. OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS

2-9. OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD, BELOW 10°F (-12°C)

Thermostatically controlled fuel heater automatically heats fuel when temperature drops below 40° ±6°F (4°
+-3°C). Preheating of fuel aids combustion and ignition during extremely cold conditions. No operating pro-
cedures are required for fuel heater. Take the following steps during extremely cold conditions:

Death or serious Injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
frame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

a. Keep fuel tank full to prevent condensation in tank.

b. Clean snow and ice from fuel tank filler to prevent moisture from entering fuel tank, causing freezing in fuel
lines.

2-10. OPERATION AT HIGH ALTITUDES

a. Heater is designed to operate at elevations up to 10,000 feet (3046 m) above sea level without special serv-
ice or adjustment.
b. At 10,000-foot altitude (3048 m), heat output may be reduced approximately 15 percent. This is normal
condition which cannot be prevented. Optimum performance can be obtained by following all service
instructions carefully.

2-11. OPERATION UNDER RAINY OR HUMID CONDITIONS

a. Wipe ail accessible exposed areas frequently.

b. Paint all chipped or scratched surfaces to prevent rust.
c. Cover heater when not in use.

2-10 Change 1
 TM 5-4520-253-13

CHAPTER 3
UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section I. LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE

3-1. LOUVERS

Lubricate louver pivots on both sides of heater with

MIL-A-907 antiseize compound.

3-2. DOORS

Lubricate left and right side door hinges, con-

trol box cover hinge, and front access door
hinge with MIL-A-907 antiseize compound.

3-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Il. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TEST MEASUREMENT

DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE), AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

3-3. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE)
applicable to your unit.

3-4. SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

For special tools, TM DE, and support equipment, refer to Appendix B and to the repair parts and special tools list,
TM 5-4520-253-23P, covering unit and intermediate maintenance for this equipment.

3-5. REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in the repair parts and special tools list, TM 5-4520-253-23P, covering unit
and intermediate maintenance for this equipment.

Section Ill. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF EQUIPMENT

3-6. UNPACKING
a. Avoid damaging shipping carton and crate during unpacking.
b. Retain empty shipping carton and crate for repackaging.

3-7. INSPECTION
Heater as shipped includes following additional items:
1 room thermostat
1 power plug (4-pin)
1 bushing (used with power plug)
1 room thermostat plug (3-pin)
1 fuel pump plug (2-pin)
2 side covers
1 fuel pump
Inspect heater as follows:
a. Inspect the equipment for damage incurred during shipment. If the equipment has been damaged, report
the damage on SF Form 384, Report of Discrepancy (ROD).
b. Check the equipment against the packing slip to see if the shipment is complete. Report all discrepancies
in accordance with the instructions of DA Pam 738-750.
c. Check to see whether the equipment has been modified.
d. Inspect for loose or missing hardware.

3-2 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

3-8. MOUNTED POSITION OF HEATER

The heater can be modified to direct air flow

upward, downward, or toward either side. For
purposes of this description, the initial position
will be upright with air flow directed downward.

3-9. LEFT SIDE MOUNTING

a. Disconnect fuel line (1) from

carburetor (2). Remove four
machine screws (3) and lock
washers (4) which secure
carburetor to burner head.
Rotate carburetor 90° so that
float bowl is vertical and re-
install screws and lock washers.
Reconnect fuel line (1) to
carburetor (2).

b. Remove screws (5) which se-

cure assembled fuel inlet fitting
(6) and fuel filter (7). Remove
screws (8) which secure fuel
overflow fitting (9). Reverse
positions of fittings and their fuel
tags. Move fuel inlet fitting (6) and fuel filter (7) as a unit.

c. After fuel inlet fitting (6) is secured, rotate fuel filter (7) so that bowl is vertical.

d. Adjust louver handle (10) to open louvers.

3-3
TM 5-4520-253-13

e. Remove cap screws (11) and washers (12) which fasten mounting brackets (13) and grounding
strap (14) to heater case. Reposition brackets to permit mounting of heater on its left side
using 5/16-inch bolts or lag screws.
f. Open control box (15) and unlock two studs (16) which secure control box to heater case.
Rotate control box so that cover is upright. Tighten studs. Close control box.

3-10. RIGHT SIDE MOUNTING

a. Disconnect fuel line (1) from carbu-

retor (2), Remove four machine
screws (3) and lock washers (4)
which secure carburetor to burner
head. Rotate carburetor 90° so
that float bowl is vertical and re-
install screws and lock washers.
Reconnect fuel line to car-
buretor.

b. Be sure fuel inlet fitting (6) is

secure, and rotate fuel filter
(7) so that bowl is vertical.

c. Adjust louver handle (10) to open louvers.

d. Remove cap screws (11) and washers (12) which fasten mounting brackets (13) and grounding
strap (14) to heater case. Reposition brackets to permit mounting of heater on its right side
using 5/16-inch bolts or lag screws.

e. Open control box (15) and unlock two studs (16) which secure control box to heater case.
Rotate control box so that cover is upright. Tighten studs. Close control box.

3-11. INVERTED MOUNTING

a. Disconnect fuel line (1) from carburetor (2). Re-
move four machine screws (3) and lock washers (4)
which secure carburetor to burner head. Rotate
carburetor 180° so that float bowl is vertical. Re-
install screws and lock washers. Reconnect fuel
line to carburetor.

b. Remove screws (5) that secure fuel inlet fitting (6)

to front of heater case. Invert position of this
fitting and fuel filter (7) as a unit.

c. After fuel inlet fitting (6) is secured, make sure

that fuel filter (7) is vertical.

d. Adjust louver handle (10) to open louvers.

e. Remove cap screws (11) and washers (12) which

fasten mounting brackets (13) and grounding
strap (14) to heater case. Reposition brackets to
permit mounting of heater in inverted position
using 5/16-inch bolts or lag screws.

3-4
 TM 5-4520-253-13

f. Open control box (15) and unlock two studs (16) which secure control box to heater case.
Rotate control box 180° so that cover is upright. Tighten studs. Close control box.

3-12. ADDITIONAL ITEMS REQUIRED

In addition to items furnished with heater (para 3-7), terns listed in table 3-1 are necessary for
installation.

Table 3-1. Additional Items

Number
of Items/
Quantity Description Function

AR 3-wire, 16-gauge shielded cable Connects room thermostat to heater.

AR 3-wire, 12-gauge cable Connects power plug to power source.

AR 2-wire, 16-gauge cable Connects fuel pump to heater.

1 Fuel line Connects fuel container to external fuel

pump.

1 Fuel line Connects external fuel pump to fuel inlet

fitting.

1 Fuel line Connects fuel overflow fitting to overflow

container.

2 l/4-inch mounting bolts (washers Secures external fuel pump.

and nuts, if needed) or lag screws

1 Electrical plug Mates with external fuel pump connector

(MS27142-2).

1 Fuel container, with shutoff Provides fuel supply for heater.

valve

1 Overflow container Collects overflow fuel at fuel overflow fitting

of heater.

1 Exhaust line Mates with 2-inch male pipe fitting at rear of

heater.

4 5/16-inch mounting bolts (washers Secures heater to mounting surface.

and nuts if needed) or lag screws

3-5
TM 5-4520-253-13

3-13. LOCATION OF HEATER

Do not locate heater where expelled exhaust gases can be

recirculated into heated space. Exhaust gases contain car-
bon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, deadly poisonous gas.
Failure to provide proper elimination of the exhaust can
cause severe illness or death.

a. Position heater so that exhaust can be vented to outside with short, direct run. Fresh air is
normally pulled in through side louvers.

b. If louvers are obstructed or a greater air flow is required, remove screws (1) and lock washers (2)
and lift off bottom cover (3).

c. Package screws and lock washers and tape or otherwise secure to bottom cover. Identify bottom
cover and retain. Bottom cover (3) must be reinstalled when heater is prepared for shipment or
storage.

d. If louvers are not needed as air inlets, install side covers (4). Remove screws (5) and lock
washers (6) from side panels (7) and use to install side covers.

3-6
 TM 5-4520-253-13

3-14. INSTALLATION

a. Place heater in selected position and secure in place using 5/16-inch bolts (washers and nuts, if
needed ) or lag screws.

b. Mount room thermostat in upright position on

an inside or insulated wall in the area to be
heated. Connect one end of 3-wire, 16-gauge,
shielded cable to thermostat. Refer to TEST/
ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THER-
MOSTAT, page 3-120.

c. Attach other end of cable to room thermostat

plug (3-pin). Refer to REMOVE/lNSTALL
POWER, FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THER-
MOSTAT PLUGS, page 3-124. Connect
assembled plug to ROOM THERMO receptacle
on side of heater control box.

3-7
TM 5-4520-253-13

Do not connect power cable to 120 V ac, 50/60 Hz electri-

cal source until power cable has been properly connected
to power plug.

d. Install power plug (4-pin) on 3-wire, 12-gauge cable. Refer to REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER,
FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THERMOSTAT PLUGS, page 3-124.

e. At other end of cable, connect black wire to L1 and white wire to L2 of power source. Connect
green wire to power source ground.

f. Install external fuel pump. Secure with 1/4-inch mounting bolts (washers and nuts, if needed)
or lag screws. If fuel pump is mounted on wood or other nonconducting material, be sure to
ground pump body.

g. Connect fuel supply line (1) between FUEL

INLET fitting (2) and external fuel pump
(3). Connect fuel line (4) between fuel con-
tainer (5) and external fuel pump. Connect
line (6) for receiving fuel overflow to FUEL
OVERFLOW fitting (7) and overflow con-
tainer (8). Tighten all connections securely.

Following step connects 24 V dc circuit. Be sure correct

polarity is maintained.

h. Install fuel pump plug (2-pin) on 2-wire, 16-gauge cable. Refer to REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER,
FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THERMOSTAT PLUGS, page 3-124. Connect other end of cable to
electrical plug for mating with fuel pump connector and connect to fuel pump. Connect fuel
pump plug to EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE on front of heater.

3-8
 TM 5-4520-253-13

During operation, exhaust pipe becomes hot enough to

cause combustion of wood or other flammable building
materials. Provide adequate space and fireproof insulation
between exhaust pipe and wall to prevent fire.

i. Connect exhaust line to exhaust fitting at rear of heater. Extend line outside of building. Be
sure there are no sharp bends or turns in line. Be sure there is no reduction of inside diameter
of the exhaust line.

j. Connect grounding strap to ground.

k. With HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in OFF position, insert power plug into POWER RECEPTACLE
on front of heater.

l. During initial operation of heater, test heated air output carbon monoxide level in accordance
with table 3-2, item 15.

3-15. PRELIMINARY SERVICING AND ADJUSTMENT OF HEATER

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

a. Be sure heater has adequate fuel supply.

b. Refer to paragraphs 2-4, 2-5, and 2-6 and check operation and shutdown of heater in both heat
ing mode and fan mode.

c. After allowing heater to warm up, check

exhaust fumes for smoke and check for
odor of unburned fuel. If either condi-
tion occurs, open front access door (1)
and adjust fuel needle (2) as follows:

When turning needle valve all the

way in, do not force, Use light
pressure to avoid damage to valve.

(1) Turn fuel needle (2) clockwise as far

as possible.

3-9
TM 5-4520-253-13

(2) Turn fuel needle (2) counterclockwise in 1/8-turn increments. Increase fuel flow until there is no odor of
unburned fuel and no smoke in exhaust fumes.
(3) In low ambient temperatures it may be necessary to increase fuel flow to achieve smooth burner
operation.
d. If heater fails to start or operate properly, refer to table 3-3.

Section IV. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES

3-16. GENERAL
a. Systematic, periodic Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) are essential to ensure that heater
is ready for operation at all times. In performing all PMCS, always keep in mind and observe WARNINGS and
CAUTIONS.

b. The purpose of a preventive maintenance program is to discover and correct defects and deficiencies before
they can cause serious damage or complete failure of equipment. Service intervals assigned provide reasonable
maintenance levels without excessive interruption of heater’s use.

3-17. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES

a. PMCS are provided in table 3-2.

b. All defects and deficiencies discovered during maintenance inspections must be recorded, together with cor-
rective action taken, on DA Form 2404, Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet.

c. Front and side doors provide access in area of carburetor and burner head. Access to combustion blower,
ventilating air motor, ignition transformer, and louver linkage is provided by removable side louver panels and bot-
tom cover.

d. Item numbers are assigned to each check or service task. These numbers are to be used as a source of item
numbers for the TM Number column on DA Form 2404, Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet, in record-
ing results of PMCS.

e. The service intervals are divided into two categories: M—Monthly, and Q—Quarterly. A dot (•) is placed in
the interval column for each check and service. lf the same check or service is made in two intervals, a dot is placed
in each applicable column.

f. The ITEM TO BE INSPECTED column lists the item to be checked or serviced.

g. The PROCEDURE column describes the procedure by which the check or service is to be performed, illustra-
tions are included to assist in locating that part of the equipment requiring the check or service.
h. An entry in the Equipment Is Not Ready/Available column will:

(1) Identify conditions that make the heater not ready/available for readiness reporting
purposes.

(2) Deny use of heater until corrective maintenance has been performed.

i. For PMCS purposes, leaks shall be classified as follows:

(1) Class Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not great enough to
form drops.

(2) Class I Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops but not enough to cause drops to
drip from item being checked/inspected.

(3) Class III Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops that fall from the item being
checked/inspected.

3-10 Change 1
 TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 3-2. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

NOTE

If the equipment must be kept in continuous operation,

check and service only those item that can be checked and
serviced without disturbing operation. Make the complete
checks and services when the equipment can be shut down.

M—Monthly Q-Quarterly

Interval
ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Item
No. M Q PROCEDURE

CONTROL BOX

1 Ž Unlock stud assembly on control box cover Lower cover. Clean as

follows:

WARNING

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or

Stodard’s Solvent) is potentially dangerous.
Avoid repeated and prolonged breathing of
vapors and skin contact with the Iiquid. Do not
use near open flame, arcing equipment, or
other ignition sources. Always wear eye pro-
tection and protective clothing. Flash point of
P-D-680 is 100° to 138°F (38° to 59°C).

Death or serious injury could occur if com-

pressed air is directed against the skin. Do not
use compressed air for cleaning or drying
unless the pressure is/has been reduced to 30
psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with com-
pressed air always use chip guards, eye protec-
tion, and other personal protective equipment.

a. Remove grease, oil, and fuel deposits by wiping with rags dampened with
P-D-680 cleaning solvent. Remove excess cleaning solvent and dry with
compressed air.

b. Clean electrical components by Ioosening dirt and dust with clean, dry,
soft-bristle brush then blowing dirt and dust away using compressed air.

c. Dirt deposits that cannot be removed by this method shall be cleaned

with minimum quantities of cleaning solvent. Dry immediately with com-
pressed air.

Change 1 3-11
TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 3-2. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

M—Monthly Q-Quarterly

Interval
ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Item
No. M PROCEDURE

2 • Inspect electrical wiring (1), connections (2), soldered terminals (3), clr-
cult breakers (4), room thermostat receptacle (5), harness plug (6),
HEATER-OFF-FAN switch (7), and Indicator Iight wires (8).

3-12 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 3-2. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

M—Monthly Q-Quarterly

Interval ITEM TO BE INSPECTED

Item
No. M Q PROCEDURE

HEATER CASE

3 • Clean and inspect exterior of heater case as follows:

WARNING

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or

Stodard’s Solvent) is potentially dangerous.
Avoid repeated and prolonged breathing of
vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do not
use near open flame, arcing equipment, or
other ignition sources. Always wear eye pro-
tection and protective clothing. Flash point of
P-D-680 is 100° to 138°F (38° to 59°C).

Death or serious injury could occur if com-

pressed air is directed against the skin. Do not
use compressed air for cleaning or drying
unless the pressure is/has been reduced to 30
psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with com-
pressed air always use chip guards, eye protec-
tion, and other personal protective equipment.

a. Remove grease, oil, and fuel deposits by wiping with rags dampened with
P-D-680 cleaning solvent. Remove excess cleaning solvent and dry with
compressed air.

b. Forward to intermediate maintenance for painting and other repair.

WARNING

Death or serious injury could occur if precau-

tions are not taken when maintaining this
equipment. Position HEATER-OFF-FAN switch
to OFF, remove power cable plug from POWER
RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and
C2 prior to gaining access to heater compart-
ments. Terminals of capacitors are accessible
at end cover of combustion blower. Always
disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always
have another person standing by who is train-
ed in electric shock first aid.

Change 1 3-13
TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 3-2. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

M—Monthly Q-Quarterly

Interval ITEM TO BE INSPECTED

Item
No. M Q PROCEDURE

WARNING
Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capacitor
C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.
Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room temperature
before gaining access to heater compartments.
4 Ž Remove right-hand louver panel (1) and left-hand louver panel (2). Clean
and inspect interior including combustion blower and ventilating air
motor. Lubricate louver pivots with MIL-A-907 antiseize compound.

5 • Open left heater case door (3), front access door (4), right heater case
door (5), and control box cover (6). Clean and inspect interior of heater.
Lubricate door and cover hinges with MIL-A-907 antiseize compound.

3-14 Change 1
 TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 3-2. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

M—Monthly Q-Quarterly

Change 1 3-15
TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 3-2. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

M—Monthly Q-Quarterly

INTERVAL ITEM TO BE INSPECTED

Item
No. M Q PROCEDURE

c. Clean filter element (4), gasket (5), and bowl (3) in P-D-680 dry cleaning
solvent. Shake off excess, and dry parts with compressed air. If filter ele-
ment cannot be cleaned, replace with new element. If gasket is crack-
ed or damaged, replace it.

d. Install filter element (4) and gasket (5) in filter head (6). Place filter bowl
(3) over filter element and against gasket.

e. Swing wire bail (2) under bowl and tighten thumbscrew(1) against bot-
tom of bowl until leakproof seal is achieved.

HEATER

7 • Newly installed heater shall be tested for carbon monoxide contamina-

tion of heated air prior to regular service. Heater used on seasonal basis
shall be tested prior to first use at beginning of season. Upon successful
completion of first test, normal test interval shall be used. If for any
reason carbon monoxide contamination is suspected, additional tests
shall be conducted as necessary to ensure safety personnel.

• Test heated air output for carbon monoxide contamination using Carbon
Monoxide Tester (8014K [96355] or equal).

WARNING

Do not operate heater in enclosure unless ex-

haust gases are piped outside. Exhaust gases
contain carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, deadly poisonous gas. Failure to pro-
vide proper elimination of the exhaust can
cause severe illness or death.

a. Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in HEATER position.

b. Allow heater to completely warm up. Set room thermostat high enough
to ensure at least 10 minutes of continuous combustion during testing.

c. Cut off tips A and B of fresh tube by turning each tube end in tip breaker.

d. Insert tip A, marked with red dot, securely into hand pump inlet. Push
handle all the way in.

e. Line up pump handle guide marks with red dots on pump. Pull handle
all the way out and lock with half turn.

3-16 Change 1
 TM 5-4520-253-13
Table 3-2. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services-Continued

M—Monthly Q-Quarterly

Interval
ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Item
No. M Q PROCEDURE

f. Place tester at center of heater output. Allow air being sampled to flow
through detector tube into evacuated pump for 3 minutes. Release han-
die with half turn. The handle should move back no more than 5 cc (0.306
cu in.).

g. Perform step f two more times for a total of 9 minutes of sampling.

h. Remove tube from pump and place vertically on concentration chart.

Position tube with stained end down so that the boundary between end
plug and resin at inlet (point O) is over line O-O and point X is over line
X-X. Read air concentration corresponding to length of stain O-C.

i. If carbon monoxide level exceeds 35 ppm, isolate cause and repair

heater.

All data on Pages 3-18 through 3-23 have been deleted.

Change 1 3-17
TM 5-4520-253-13

Section V. TROUBLESHOOTING

3-18. GENERAL

a. This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most of the oper-
ating troubles which are the responsibility of unit maintenance. Each malfunction is followed by a list
of tests or inspections which help determine probable causes and corrective actions to take.

b. This manual cannot list all malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspection and corrective
actions possible to correct those malfunctions. If a malfunction is not listed, or is not corrected by
listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor.

c. Table 3-3 lists the common malfunctions which you may find during the operation or mainte-
nance of the heater or its components. Perform the tests/inspections and corrective actions in the
order listed.

NOTE

Before you use this table, be sure you have performed all
applicable operating procedures.

* U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1989- 654-030/00157

3-24
PIN: 060655-001
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C 1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
Mower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. HEATER FAILS TO START WHEN SWITCH IS SET TO HEATER; INDICATOR LIGHTS OUT

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is

not handled carefully. Use in a well-ventilated
area away from open flame, arcing equipment,
ignition sources, heaters, or excessive heat.
Engines must be turned off and cool before
refueling. Use proper refueling procedures
and equipment to avoid spillage. Do not run
engines near open fuel containers. Do not use
fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT SMOKE.

Step 1. Check fuel supply.

Replenish fuel supply.

3-25
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. Check for tripped reset circuit

breaker.

Press RESET and CIRCUIT

BREAKER buttons.

Death or serious injury could occur if pre-

cautions are not taken when maintaining this
equipment. Be sure that any power cables
are unplugged/disconnected. Be sure that the
equipment is properly grounded. Always
have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Step 3. Check power source of 120 V ac.

Restore 120 V ac power or repair power source,

Step 4. Check power cable. Disconnect power cable from POWER RECEPTACLE
heater. Check for 120 V ac between pins A and C of plug.

To replace defective power cable, disconnect power cable from 120 V ac

source. Replace power plug as described in REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER,
FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THERMOSTAT PLUGS, page 3-124. Connect
new power cable to 120 V ac source.

Step 5. Check POWER RECEPTACLE. Disconnect power cable and check for continuity
through pins A, C, and D of receptacle.

Replace defective receptacle as described in lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL

POWER RECEPTACLE AND EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE,
page 3-60.

3-26
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 6. Check HEATER-OFF-FAN switch. Disconnect power cable, open control box,
and check for continuity as follows:

a. Between terminals (6 and

1), switch in FAN
position.

b. Between terminals (3 and

2), switch in FAN
position.

c. Between terminals (3 and

4), switch in HEATER
position. Terminal (5) is
not used in this appli-
cation.

Replace defective switch

as described in lNSPECT/
TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL
HEATER-OFF-FAN
SWITCH, page 3-55.

2. HEATER FAILS TO START WHEN SWITCH IS SET TO HEATER, WHITE LIGHT ON, RED
LIGHT OFF.

Step 1. Check room thermostat setting for

low temperature adjustment.

Set room thermostat temper-

ature adjustment knob to at
least five degrees above room
temperature.

Step 2. Check for defective room thermostat.

Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in
OFF position. Remove room ther-
mostat cover. Set temperature
adjustment knob to maximum and
check for continuity between
terminals.

If no continuity, disconnect 3-wire, 16-gauge, shielded cable. Remove

thermostat and replace as described in TEST/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL
ROOM THERMOSTAT, page 3-120.

3-27
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Death or serious injury could occur if pre-

cautions are not taken when maintaining this
equipment. Be sure that any power cables
are unplugged/disconnected. Be sure that the
equipment is properly grounded. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in
electric shock first aid.

Step 3. Check room thermostat cable. With cable plugged into ROOM THERMO
receptacle, remove cover from room thermostat, turn temperature adjustment
knob to high setting, place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in HEATER position,
and check for 120 V ac across thermostat switch terminals. No voltage at
thermostat switch terminals indicates defective cable or plug. Check plug for
loose connections or damage. Check cable wires for continuity.

To replace defective room thermostat plug, refer to REMOVE/lNSTALL

POWER, FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THERMOSTAT PLUGS, page 3-124.
To replace defective room thermostat cable, refer also to page 3-121.

3. HEATER STARTS, THEN STOPS. RED FAULT LIGHT COMES ON.

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is

not handled carefully. Use in a well-ventilated
area away from open flame, arcing equipment,
ignition sources, heaters, or excessive heat.
Engines must be turned off and cool before
refueling. Use proper refueling procedures
and equipment to avoid spillage. Do not run
engines near open fuel containers. Do not use
fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT SMOKE.

Step 1. Check for low fuel supply.

Replenish fuel supply.

Step 2. Check fuel shutoff valve.

Be sure fuel shutoff valve is completely open during operation.

3-28
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 3. Check fuel filter.

Clean and inspect fuel filter as

described in table 3-2.

Step 4. Check fuel pump operation by checking for 24 V dc between fuel pump con-
nector and case.

If 24 V dc is present, replace fuel pump.

Step 5. Check fuel pump cable. Disconnect cable from heater. Check fuel pump plug
for loose connections or damage. Check cable wires for continuity:

Replace defective cable. To remove and install plug, refer to REMOVE/

INSTALL POWER, FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THERMOSTAT PLUGS,
page 3-124.

Step 6. Check external fuel pump receptacle for damage. Inspect for burned contacts
and other damage.

Replace defective receptacle as described in lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL

POWER RECEPTACLE AND EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE,
page 3-60.

Death or serious injury could occur if pre-

cautions are not taken when maintaining this
equipment. Be sure that any power cables
are unplugged/disconnected. Be sure that the
equipment is properly grounded. Always
have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Step 7. Check external fuel pump receptacle for 24 V dc.

If current is not present, forward heater to intermediate maintenance for

testing of PC board.

3-29
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 8. Check igniter assembly. Remove igniter from burner head. Inspect for fouling
and burned electrode (1). End of electrode must be flush with face (2) to
0.010 inch (0.254 mm) underflush.

If badly fouled or burned, replace igniter.

Step 9. Test transformer assembly.

When checking spark, do not allow spark gap

to exceed 1/8 inch (3.175 mm). Larger gap
will cause excessively high potential buildup
resulting in insulation breakdown either in-
ternally or in ignition cable.

a. Disconnect fuel pump cable from EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE,

Close shutoff valve at fuel container. Disconnect ignition cable (1) from
igniter assembly. Position spring (2) at tip of cable not more than 1/8 inch
(3.175 mm) from grounded surface (3). Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in
HEATER position, If no spark is observed, inspect connector (4) for signs of
burning or improper installation.

If defective, replace kitted parts as described in REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST

REPAIR IGNITION TRANSFORMER AND CABLE, page 3-110.

3-30
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

b. Inspect terminals (5) and potting of wires (6 and 7) to PC board.

Reconnect as needed. If spark is still not observed, replace transformer (8).

If PC board wires appear defective, forward unit to organizational
maintenance.

4. HEATER BACKFIRES

Step 1. Check igniter assembly. Remove igniter from burner head. Inspect for fouling
and burned electrode (1), End of electrode must be flush with face (2) to
0.010 inch (0.254 mm) underflush.

If badly fouled or burned, replace igniter.

Step 2. Check ignition cable connector for burned spring and damaged connector.

If spring is burned or connector

damaged, replace kitted parts as
described in REMOVE/lNSTALL/
TEST/REPAIR IGNITION
TRANSFORMER AND CABLE,
page 3-110.

3-31
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 3. Check fuel/air mixture.

Open front access door (1)

and adjust fuel needle (2)
as follows:

When turning needle valve all the way in, do

not force. Use light pressure to avoid dam-
age to valve.

a. Turn fuel needle (2) clockwise as far as possible.

b. Turn fuel needle (2) counterclockwise in 1/8-turn increments. Increase

fuel flow until there is no odor of unburned fuel and no smoke in
exhaust fumes.

c. In low ambient temperatures it may be necessary to increase fuel flow

to achieve smooth burner operation.

Step 4. Check exhaust system for blockage, kinks, or bends.

Straighten exhaust line or replace as needed.

5. HEATER SMOKES

Step 1, Check fuel/air mixture.

Refer to malfunction 4, step 3.

3-32
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. Check air duct of combustion

blower.

If air duct has cracks, holes or

is badly dented, replace.

Step 3. Check combustion blower for loss

of power.

If blower runs slower then

usual at normal voltage,
forward heater to intermedi-
ate maintenance for repair
or replacement.

6. ROOM AIR CONTAMINATED WITH EXHAUST FUMES

Do not operate heater in enclosure unless ex-

haust gases are piped outside. Exhaust gases
contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odor-
less, deadly poisonous gas. Failure to provide
proper elimination of the exhaust can cause
severe illness or death.

Step 1. Check exhaust system.

a. Inspect for leaks caused by corrosion and loose connections.

Replace leaking exhaust line.

b. Check installation to determine whether exhaust fumes from outside are

being drawn back into room or enclosure.

Correct installation if needed. Test heated air as described in table 3-2,

item 15, to determine carbon monoxide level.

Step 2. Check heat exchanger.

If heat exchanger is leaking, forward heater to intermediate maintenance

for replacement.

3-33
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting -- Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPPED REPEATEDLY WHEN HEATER-OFF-FAN SWITCH

IS SET TO HEATER

Step 1. Check flame switch and bracket assembly for continuity.

a. For Model UH-68G1, check receptacle (1) and plug (2) in harness connected
to PC board assembly (3). Plug should be securely connected to receptacle.
If receptacle (1) or plug (2) is damaged or cannot be securely
connected, forward heater to intermediate maintenance for
replacement.
b. Remove two screws (4) and lock washers (5). Pull flame switch and bracket
assembly (6) out of opening (7) in heater bulkhead.
c. Disconnect red and violet wires from flame switch (8). Using volt ohmmeter,
place one probe against each terminal of flame switch (8). Meter should
indicate zero resistance.
d. Heat bottom of flame switch (8) to 130°F (54°C) and place probes on
terminals. Switch should snap (open) and meter should indicate infinite
resistance.
e. Connect red and violet wires to flame switch (8).

3-34 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 3-3. Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

f. Disconnect red and brown wires from flame switch (9). Using volt ohmmeter,
place one probe against each terminal of flame switch (9). Meter should
indicate infinite resistance.

g. Heat bottom of flame switch (9) to 130°F (54°C) and place probes on
terminals. Switch should snap (close) and meter should indicate zero
resistance.

h. Connect red and brown wires to flame switch (9).

i. Install flame switch and bracket assembly (6) in opening (7) and attach to
heater bulkhead using two screws (4) and lock washers (5). With screws
loosened, adjust flame switch and bracket assembly downward as far as it
will go. This seats the flame switches (8 and 9) against the heat exchanger.
Tighten screws (4).

If either flame switch (8 or 9) is defective, replace flame switch and

bracket assembly (6).

Change 2 3-35
TM 5-4520-253-13

Section VI. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

INDEX

Page Page

Carburetor 3-92 Power Receptacle and External Fuel 3-60

Circuit Breaker 3-41 Pump Receptacle
Combustion Blower 3-100 Printed Circuit (PC) Board 3-65
Control Box 3-37 Assembly
Data Plates 3-80 RESET Circuit Breaker 3-43
Doors and Bottom Cover 3-76 Room Thermostat Receptacle 3-39
Fuel Filter 3-89 Room Thermostat 3-120
Fuel Lines and Fittings 3-85 Safety Thermostats and Flame 3-105
HEAT and FAULT Lights 3-58 Switch and Bracket Assembly
Heater Case Assembly 3-66 Side Panels and Louver Linkage 3-71
Heater Case Covers 3-123 Solenoid 3-97
HEATER-OFF-FAN Switch 3-55 Ventilating Air Motor 3-102
Igniter Assembly 3-117 Wire Terminals 3-49
Ignition Transformer and Cable 3-110 Wiring Harness, Control Box 3-45
Labels 3-84 Wiring Harness Plug 3-46
Power, Fuel Pump, and Room 3-124 Wiring Harness Wires 3-51
Thermostat Plugs

3-19. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

Maintenance instructions in this section will list resources required, personnel required, and equipment
condition for the start of the procedure. Note the following:

• Resources required are not listed unless they apply to the procedure.

• Personnel required are listed only if the task requires more than one. If PERSONNEL is not
listed, it means one person can do the task.

• The normal standard equipment condition to start a maintenance task is heater shut down and at
room temperature. EQUIPMENT CONDITION is not listed unless some other condition is required
besides power “off and equipment cooled.

3-36
 TM 5-4520-253-13

CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE

Inspect/Remove/Install Control Box 3-37

Inspect/Remove/Install Room Thermostat Receptacle 3-39
Inspect/Test/Remove/lnstall Circuit Breaker 3-41
Inspect/Test/Remove/lnstall RESET Circuit Breaker 3-43
Inspect Control Box Wiring Harness 3-45
Repair Control Box Harness Plug 3-46
Repair Wire Terminals 3-49
Replace Control Box Harness Wires 3-51
Inspect/Test/Remove/Install HEATER-OFF-FAN Switch 3-55
Remove/Install HEAT and FAULT Lights 3-58
Inspect/Remove/Install Power Receptacle and External Fuel Pump Receptacle 3-60
Inspect Printed Circuit (PC) Board Assembly 3-65

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL CONTROL BOX

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

REFERENCES: Table 3-2 for cleaning procedure for control box.

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION :

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Release stud (1) in control box cover and open control box as shown. Check RESET circuit breaker
(2), circuit breaker (3), FAULT light (4), HEAT light (5), HEATER-OFF-FAN switch (6}, and
room thermostat receptacle (7) for security.

3-37
TM 5-4520-253-13

INSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL CONTROL BOX (CONT)

2. Check quick disconnect terminals (8),

ring terminals (9), and butt connectors
(10) for loose connections, Replace
loose butt connectors.

3. Check HEATER OFF FAN soldered

wire connections (11) for broken
solder

4. Check for loose wires (12) at room

thermostat receptacle (7) inside
control box.

5. Check stud (1) for security, bent

or broken pins, and other damage.
Replace defective stud by removing
solid washer (13). Install new stud
and press on new washer (13).

6. Check stud receptacle (14) for

security and distortion. Tighten or
replace rivets (15) as needed. Re-
move defective receptacle by
drilling out rivets. Install new
receptacle.

7. If control box needs cleaning, refer to table 3-2.

REMOVAL:

1. Release stud (1) and open control box.

2. Disconnect control box harness by pulling

plug (2).

3. Unlock studs (3) and Iift off control

box assembly (4).

4. Check camlock receptacles (16) in heater

case wall. Replace defective receptacles.

INSTALLATION:

1. Align studs (3) with pair of receptacles in

heater case. Tighten studs.

2. Connect plug (2) to receptacle in heater

case.

3. Close control box cover and secure with stud (1).

3-38 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT RECEPTACLE

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Solder gun kit

NSN 3439-00-930-1638

MATERIALS/PARTS: Sealant (Item 10, Appendix E)

Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)
Tape (Item 14, Appendix E)
Room Thermostat Receptacle

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

1. Check for presence of dust cap (1) and chain (2).

2. Check threads on room thermostat receptacle (3)

and inside dust cap (1) for stripping and crossing.

3. Carefully inspect for signs of arcing, burning, or

other damage.

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position-HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

4. Open control box cover and check for damage to room thermostat receptacle inside control box.
Replace defective receptacle.

3-39
TM 54520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT RECEPTACLE (CONT)

REMOVAL:

1. Remove screw (1), lock washers (2 and 3), and nut (4) attaching ground wire (5).

MODEL UH-68G1 MODEL UH-68G

2. Remove four screws (6), lock washers (7), and nuts (8). One screw (6) also attached chain (9) of dust
cover (10), Retain chain and dust cover.
3. Pull room thermostat receptacle (11) out of mounting hole from inside control box.

4. For Model UH-68G, control box harness wires connected to room thermostat receptacle (11) are
potted to the receptacle. To remove receptacle, cut orange wire (12), green harness wire (13), violet
wire ( 14), and ground (green) wire (5) as close to receptacle as possible. Discard receptacle. Harness
wires are long enough to allow cutting close to receptacle and installing new receptacle.
5. For Model UH-68G 1, control box harness wires connected to room thermostat receptacle (11) are
soldered and mechanically sealed to the receptacle. To disassemble and remove receptacle, unscrew
endbell (11A) from room thermostat receptacle and slide it back over the wires (5, 12, 13, and 14).
Pull back ferrule (11B) and grommet (11C) to expose soldered ends of the wires. Unsolder or cut
wires as close to receptacle as possible.

INSTALLATION:
1. Strip 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from the cut ends of orange wire (12), green harness wire (13),
violet wire (14), and ground (green) wire (5).
2. For Model UH-68G1, thread wires (5, 12, 13, and 14) through endbell (11A) and ferrule (11B).
Thread the stripped end of each wire through grommet (11C) as follows:
a. SIide out orange wire (12) through grommet (11C) opening A.
b. Slide out green harness wire (13) and ground (green) wire (5) through opening B.
c. Slide out violet wire (14) through grommet opening C.

3-40 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT RECEPTACLE (CONT)

3. Solder wires(12, 13, 14, and 5) to new room thermostat receptacle (11) as follows:
a. Solder orange wire (12) to terminal A.
b. Solder green harness wire(13) and ground (green) wire (5) to terminal B.
c. Solder violet wire (14) to terminal C.

4. For Model UH68G, make potting rim (15) around room thermostat receptacle (11) using tape. Rim
must project beyond receptacle around wires ( 12, 13, 14, and 5) 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) or more;
fill rim with sealant and allow 8 hours to cure.
5. For Model UH-68G1, push grommet (11C) into rear of room thermostat receptacle (11), seat
ferrule (11B) over grommet, and tighten endbell (11A) to threads on rear of receptacle.
6. Position room thermostat receptacle (11) in mounting hole from inside control box.
7. Secure room thermostat receptacle (11) with four screws (6), lock washers (7), and nuts (8). Use
one screw (6) to attach chain (9) of dust cover (10).
8. Attach ground wire (5) using screw (1), lock washers (2 and 3), and nut (4).

Change 2 3-40.1 /(3-40.2 blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL CIRCUIT BREAKER

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Check for cracked or broken body (1) and damaged terminals (2).

2. Remove flexible seal (3) and examine threads of circuit breaker and adapter (4). Replace seal.

3. If circuit breaker is in tripped position, depress button (5).

3-41
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL CIRCUIT BREAKER (CONT)

TESTING:

1. Remove ring terminal from at least one circuit breaker terminal (2).

2. Using volt ohmmeter, check circuit breaker for continuity. If circuit breaker is open and con-
tinuity cannot be restored by pressing button, replace circuit breaker.

REMOVAL:

1. Unscrew flexible seal (2) and remove adapter (3).

2. Pull circuit breaker (4) out of mounting hole from inside control box.

3. Disconnect ring terminals (1).

INSTALLATION:

1. Connect ring terminals (1) to circuit breaker terminals.

2. Install circuit breaker (4) in mounting hole from inside control box.

3. Install adapter (3) and tighten securely. Screw flexible seal (2) onto adapter.

3-42
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Check for cracked or broken body (1) and

damaged quick disconnect terminals (2).

NOTE

Removal of seal boot (3) allows

RESET circuit breaker to back out
of mounting hole. Hold circuit
breaker by hand during inspection.

2. Remove seal boot (3) and examine threads of RESET circuit breaker. Replace seal.

3. If circuit breaker is in tripped position, depress button (4),

TESTING:

1. Disconnect violet wires (5), yellow wires (6), and grey wire (7) at quick disconnect terminals (2).

2. Using volt ohmmeter, check RESET circuit breaker for continuity as follows:

a. Place one probe on terminal 1 and other probe on terminal 3. Meter should indicate continuity.

b. Place one probe on terminal 2 and other probe on terminal 3. Meter should indicate continuity.

3. If either test 2.a or b fails to indicate continuity, replace circuit breaker. Connect violet wires (5)
to terminal 1, yellow wires (6) to terminal 3, and grey wire (7) to terminal 2.

3-43
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER (CONT)

REMOVAL:

1. Disconnect violet wires (5), yellow wires (6), and grey wire (7) at quick disconnect terminals (2).

2. Unscrew seal boot (3) and pull RESET circuit breaker out of mounting hole from inside control
box.

INSTALLATION:

1. Install RESET circuit breaker in mounting hole from inside control box.

2. Screw seal boot (3) onto circuit breaker and tighten securely.

3. Connect violet wires (5) to terminal 1, yellow wires (6) to terminal 3, and grey wire (7) to
terminal 2.

3-44
 TM 5-4520-253-13

INSPECT CONTROL BOX WIRING HARNESS

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C 1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Check all leads (1) for cracked or burned insulation.

2. Check for broken or damaged terminals (2) on harness wires.

3. Check for secure connection to harness plug (3).

4. Check for broken soldered connections (4) at

HEATER-OFF-FAN switch.

5. Check each harness wire for continuity.

6. Repair control box harness as needed.

3-45
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR CONTROL BOX HARNESS PLUG

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Sealant (Item 10, Appendix E)

Tape (Item 14, Appendix E)
Control box harness plug
Female terminal (8)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REPAIR:

Death or serious injury couId occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

Control box harness wires are potted into control box harness plug. Repair consists of replacing plug
Control box harness wires are long enough to allow cutting close to the plug and installing new
receptacle. Proceed as follows:

1. Open control box by unlocking stud (1).

2. Disconnect plug (2) from receptacle (3) at center of control box.

3. Tag and remove violet, yellow, and grey wires (4, 5, and 6) and disconnect them from RESET
circuit breaker (7).

4. Remove screw (8), lock washers (9 and 10), and nut (11) attaching ground wire (12).

5. Remove four screws (13), lock washers (14), and nuts (15). One screw (13) also attaches chain
(16) of dust cover (17). Retain chain and dust cover.

6. Pull room thermostat receptacle (18) out of mounting hole from inside control box, This will
provide enough slack in the control box harness for replacing plug (2).

3-46
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR CONTROL BOX HARNESS PLUG (CONT)

7. Tag harness wires (19) and cut as close to plug (2) as possible. Discard plug.
8. Strip 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from end of each wire (19). Crimp new female terminal (20) on each
wire.

9. Refer to table 3-4 and insert terminals (20) into numbered sockets in plug (2). Wire colors (original;
see wiring diagram plate inside access door or refer to tags) and socket numbers must be in
accordance with table 3-4.

10. Make potting rim (21) around plug (2) using

tape. Rim must project beyond plug around
wires (19) 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) or more.
11. Fill rim with sealant and allow 8 hours to
harden.
12. Position room thermostat receptacle (18) in
mounting hole from inside control box.

Change 2 3-47
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR CONTROL BOX HARNESS PLUG (CONT)

13. Secure room thermostat receptacle (18) with four screws (13), lock washers (14), and nuts (15).
Use one screw (13) to attach chain (16) of dust cover (17).

14, Attach ground wire (12) using screw (8), lock washers (9 and 10), and nut (11).

15. Connect wires (4, 5, and 6) to RESET circuit breaker as follows:

a. Connect violet wires to terminal number 1.

b. Connect yellow wires to terminal number 3

c. Connect grey wire to terminal number 2.

16. Connect plug (2) to receptacle (3).

17. Close control box and secure cover with stud (1).

Table 3-4. Plug Wiring Sequence

Wire Color Socket No.

I

Black 1
Brown 2
Red 3
White 4
Yellow 5
Orange 6
Grey 7
Green 8
NOT USED 9

3-48
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR WIRE TERMINALS

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1747

MATERlALS/PARTS: Butt connector (4)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

3-39 Control box cover open,

REPAIR:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Check butt connectors (1) for security. Replace loose butt connectors. Always use new butt
connectors after disconnecting wire. Be sure 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of good wire is stripped before
installation.

2. Check ring tongue terminal (2) and ring terminals (3) for security, damage, and burning. Replace
loose or damaged terminal. If damaged terminal is still firmly crimped to wire, cut wire close to
terminal. Strip 3/8 inch (9.53 mm) of insulation and crimp on new terminal.

3. Check quick disconnect terminals (4) for security, damage, and burning. Be sure terminal makes
firm contact with mating terminal. Replace loose, damaged, or poorly fitting terminals. If
damaged terminal is still firmly crimped to wire, cut wire close to terminal. Strip 3/8 inch
(9.53 mm) of insulation and crimp on new terminal.

3-49
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR WIRE TERMINALS (CONT)

4. Check soldered wire ends (5) for weak or broken connections. Resolder where needed. Be sure
1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of good wire is stripped before soldering.

3-50
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPLACE CONTROL BOX HARNESS WIRES

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)

Cable tie (2)

REFERENCES:

Page 3-39 lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT RECEPTACLE

Appendix F

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

3-39 Control box cover open.

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REPLACEMENT:

Table 3-5 lists particulars for all of the control box harness wires. Table 3-6 lists only those wires
which can be fabricated for replacement by unit maintenance. Opposite the index number of each
replaceable wire in table 3-6 is the corresponding figure number in” Appendix F and the appropriate
action to be taken.

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Cut two cable ties (17) and discard.

2. Release tension on harness clamp (18) by removing screw (19), lock washer (20), and nut (21).

3-51
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPLACE CONTROL BOX HARNESS WIRES (CONT)

3-52
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPLACE CONTROL BOX HARNESS WIRES (CONT)

Table 3-5. Control Box Harness Wires

Wire
Index Color/ Inch
No. From To Wire Gauge (mm)

1 ROOM THERMO Receptacle Ground Green 3.0

B (22) 20-gauge (76.2)

2 ROOM THERMO Receptacle HEATER-OFF-FAN Orange 9.5

A (22) Switch (28), FAN 16-gauge (241.3)

3 ROOM THERMO Receptacle Plug (Socket No. 8) (23) Green 5.0

B (22) 20-gauge (127.0)

4 ROOM THERMO Receptacle RESET Circuit Breaker, Violet 4.50

C (22) Contact No. 1 20-gauge (114.3)

5 RESET Circuit Breaker (24) FAULT (Red) Light (26) Violet 8.75
Contact No. 1 20-gauge (222.3)

6 RESET Circuit Breaker (24) Plug (Socket No. 5) (23) Yellow 6.75
Contact No. 3 16-gauge (171.5)

7 RESET Circuit Breaker (24) FAULT (Red) Light (26) Yellow 8.75
Contact No. 3 20-gauge (222.3)

8 RESET Circuit Breaker (24) HEATER-OFF-FAN Grey 11.25

Contact No. 2 Switch (28), OFF 20-gauge (285.8)

9 CIRCUIT BREAKER (25) Plug (Socket No. 1 ) (23) Black 5.00

16-gauge (127.0)

10 CIRCUIT BREAKER (25) HEATER-OFF-FAN Brown 8.00

Switch (28), OFF 16-gauge (203.2)

11 CIRCUIT BREAKER (25) Plug (Socket No. 2) (16) Brown 5.00

16-gauge (127.0)

12 HEAT (White) Light (27) Plug (Socket No. 4) (23) White 7.25
20-gauge (184.2)

13 HEAT (White) Light (27) HEATER-OFF-FAN Orange 2.00

Switch (28), FAN 20-gauge (50.8)

14 HEATER-OFF-FAN Switch Plug (Socket No. 3) (23) Red 10.75

(28), HEATER 16-gauge (273.1)

15 HEATER-OFF-FAN Switch Plug (Socket No. 7) (23) Grey 9.75

(28), FAN 20-gauge (247.7)

16 HEATER-OFF-FAN Switch Plug (Socket No. 6) (23) Orange 9.50

(28), FAN 20-gauge (241.3)

Change 2 3-53
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPLACE CONTROL BOX HARNESS WIRES (CONT)

3. Check wires for cracked, burned, or abraded insulation and replace as needed. Disconnect at least
one end of any wire indicating open circuit and test for continuity. Replace if circuit is open.

4. Replace harness wire as follows:

a. Replace one wire at a time. Otherwise, old wires must be tagged and retained until new wire
is installed.

b. Refer to appropriate figure in Appendix F and fabricate wire.

c. Install new wire between components in accordance with table 3-5. Be sure new wire is under
harness clamp (18). When connecting wires with butt connectors, always use new connectors.

d. Secure harness clamp (18) using screw (19), lock washer (20), and nut (21).

e. Bind harness wires using two cable ties (17).

Table 3-6. Fabricated Control Box Harness Wires

Wire
Index Appendix F
No. Fig. No. Action

1 10 Refer to lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT

RECEPTACLE, page 3-39.

2 9 Refer to lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT

RECEPTACLE, page 3-39.

4 11 Refer to lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT

RECEPTACLE, page 3-39.

5 4 Fabricate/Install

7 3 Fabricate/Install

8 2 Fabricate/Install

10 1 Fabricate/Install

13 5 Fabricate/Install

3-54
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL HEATER-OFF-FAN SWITCH

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Solder gun kit

NSN 3439-00-930-1638

MATERIALS/PARTS: Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.

INSPECTION:

1. Operate HEATER-OFF-FAN switch. Be sure switch snaps firmly into all operating positions.

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

2. Open control box and examine for damage to switch body or terminals. Replace defective
switch.

3-55
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL HEATER-OFF-FAN SWITCH (CONT)

TESTING:

1. Disconnect power cable and open control box. HEATER-OFF-FAN switch will appear as
illustrated.

2. Check switch for continuity as follows:

a. Between terminals 6 and 1, switch in FAN position.

b. Between terminals 3 and 2, switch in FAN position.

c. Between terminals 3 and 4, switch in HEATER position.

Terminal 5 is not used in this application.

3. There must be no continuity between terminals 6 and 1, 3 and 2, or 3 and 4 when HEATER-OFF
FAN switch is in OFF position.

4. If HEATER-OFF-FAN switch fails any of above tests, replace switch.

3-56
 TM 5-4520-253-13

INSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL HEATER-OFF-FAN SWITCH (CONT)

REMOVAL:

Complete removal of the HEATER-OFF-FAN switch is necessary only when replacing a defective
switch. If removed from the control box cover for any other purpose, do not disconnect wires.

1. Remove hex nut at front of control box

cover and pull HEATER-OFF-Fan
switch out of mounting hole from back
cover.

NOTE

Tag wires carefully before disconnecting. Different wires of

the same color are connected to the HEATER-OFF-FAN
switch.

2. Tag wires and cut as close to switch ter-

minals (1, 3, 4, 5, and 6) as possible.
Wire numbers are the same as those
appearing table 3-5.

INSTALLATION:

1. Install new HEATER-OFF-FAN switch

in mounting hole of control box
cover. Insert switch from back of
cover.

NOTE

Illustration shows HEATER-OFF-

FAN switch as it appears to
technician standing in front of
control box with cover open.
Note position of numeral 5 on
bottom of switch.

2. Position HEATER-OFF-FAN switch as illustrated and secure with hex nut at front of control
box cover.

3. Strip 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from the cut end of each wire. Solder wires to terminals
in accordance with tags. If in doubt as to location of any wire, find wire number in table 3-5 and
check From/To columns.

3-57
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL HEAT AND FAULT LIGHTS

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Solder gun kit

NSN 3439-00-930-1638

MATERIALS/PARTS: Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)

L.E.D. FAULT light (red)
L.E.D. HEAT light (white)
Butt connector (4)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

HEAT or FAULT light will normally be removed for re-

placement only. Barrel fastener (4) will be destroyed during
. removal. New barrel fastener accompanies new light.

3-58
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL HEAT AND FAULT LIGHTS (CONT)

1. To remove FAULT light (1), locate violet and yellow wires (5 and 7). Wire numbers are same as
those appearing in table 3-5. Disconnect wires at butt connectors (2). Discard butt connectors.
Proceed to step 3.

2. To remove HEAT light (3), locate white and orange wires (12 and 13). Wire numbers are same
as those appearing in table 3-5. Disconnect wires at butt connectors (2). Discard butt connectors.

3. Grasp barrel fastener (4) with pliers and forcibly remove. Discard fastener.

4. Pull FAULT or HEAT light out of mounting hole from front of control box cover.

INSTALLATION:

1. Thread wires of FAULT or HEAT light through mounting hole from front of control box cover.
Seat light in mounting hole.

2. Secure light with barrel fastener (4).

3. Leads (6) of HEAT light and leads (8) of FAULT light must have 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation
stripped from ends.

4. Connect leads (6) of HEAT light to white and orange wires (12 and 13). Use new butt con-
nectors (2).

5. Connect leads (8) of FAULT light to violet and yellow wires (5 and 7). Use new butt connectors
(2).

6. If in doubt as to location of any wire, find wire number in table 3-5 and check From/To
columns.

3-59
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER RECEPTACLE AND EXTERNAL FUEL

PUMP RECEPTACLE
TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit
NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Solder gun kit

NSN 3439-00-930-1638

MATERIALS/PARTS: Sealant (Item 10, Appendix E)

Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)
Tape (Item 14, Appendix E)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1, Check for presence of dust caps (1 and 3) and chains (2 and 4).

2. Check threads on POWER RECEPTACLE (5), EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE (6), and
inside dust caps (1 and 3) for stripping and crossing.

3. Carefully inspect both receptacles for signs of arcing, burning, or other damage.

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

4. Remove six screws (7) and lock washers (8). Lift off bottom cover (9).

3-60
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/INSTALL POWER RECEPTACLE AND EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP

RECEPTACLE (CONT)

5. Reach through heater case opening (10) and disconnect louver linkage from louver.
6. Remove louver panel(11) by unlocking eight studs (12).
7. Check for damage to POWER RECEPTACLE (5) and EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE (6) inside
heater case. Replace defective receptacle.

NOTE

For Model UH-68G, wires connected to POWER RECEPTA-

CLE and EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE are potted
to the receptacles. To remove a receptacle, wires must be
cut and receptacle replaced. Pot wires to new receptacle.
For Model UH-68G1, wires connected to POWER RECEPTA-
CLE and EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE are sol-
dered and mechanically sealed to the receptacles. To
remove a receptacle, receptacle must be disassembled,
wires must be cut or unsoldered, and receptacle replaced.

REMOVAL:
1. Remove POWER RECEPTACLE as follows:
a. Remove four screws (1), lock washers (2), and nuts (3). Pull POWER RECEPTACLE (4) out of mounting
hole from inside heater case.

Change 2 3-61
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER RECEPTACLE AND EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP

RECEPTACLE (CONT)

b. For Model UH-68G1, unscrew endbell (4.1)

from POWER RECEPTACLE (4) and slide it
back over the wires (5, 6, and 7). Pull back fer-
rule (4.2) and grommet (4.3) to expose soldered
ends of the wires.
c. Tag black and white wires (5 and 6) and ground
(green) wire (7). Cut wires as close to POWER
RECEPTACLE as possible.
2. Remove EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE
as follows:
a. Remove four screws (8), lock washers (9), and
nuts (10). Pull EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP
RECEPTACLE (11) out of mounting hole from
inside heater case.
b. For Model UH-68G1, unscrew endbell (11.1)
from EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE
(11) and slide it back over the wires (12, 13,
and 14). Pull back ferrule (11.2) and grommet
(11.3) to expose soldered ends of the wires.
c. Tag green and blue wires (12 and 13) and
ground (green) wire (14). Cut wires as close to
EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE as
possible.
INSTALLATION:
1. Prepare EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE
(11 ) as follows:
a. Strip 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from cut
ends of green and blue wires (12 and 13) and
ground (green) wire (14).
b. For Model UH-68G1, thread wires (12, 13, and
14) through end bell (1 1.1) and ferrule (1 1.2).
Thread the stripped end of each wire through
grommet (11 .3) as follows:
(1) Slide blue wire (13) through grommet (11.3) opening A.
(2) Slide green wire (12) and ground (green) wire (14) through opening B.
c. Solder wires (12, 13, and 14) to receptacle terminals as follows:
(1) Green wire (12) to terminal B.
(2) Blue wire (13) to terminal A.
(3) Ground (green) wire (14) to terminal B.
d. For Model UH-68G, pot wires as described in step 3, following. MODEL UH-68G1
e. For Model UH-68G1, push grommet (11.3) into rear of receptacle (11), seat ferrule (11.2) over grommet,
and tighten endbell (11.1) to threads on rear of receptacle.

3-62 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER RECEPTACLE AND EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP

-
RECEPTACLE (CONT)

2. Prepare POWER RECEPTACLE (4) as follows:

a. Strip 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from cut
ends of black and white wires (5 and 6) and
ground (green) wire (7).
b. For Model UH-68G1, thread wires (5, 6, and 7)
through endbell (4.1) and ferrule (4.2). Thread
the stripped end of each wire through grommet
(4.3) as follows:
(1) Slide black wire (5) through opening A of
grommet (4.3).
(2) Slide white wire (6) through opening C of
grommet.
(3) Slide ground (green) wire (7) through open-
ing D of grommet.
c. Solder wires (5, 6, and 7) to receptacle termi-
nals as follows:
(1) Black wire (5) to terminal A.
(2) White wire (6) to terminal C.
(3) Ground (green) wire (7) to terminal D.
d. For Model UH-68G, pot wires as described in
step 3, following.
e. For Model UH-68G1, push grommet (4.3) into
rear of receptacle (4), ‘seat ferrule (4.2) over
grommet, and tighten endbell (4.1) to threads
on rear of receptacle.
3. For Model UH-68G, the procedure for potting wires to POWER RECEPTACLE and EXTERNAL FUEL
RECEPTACLE is the same for both receptacles. Proceed as follows:
a. Make potting rim around receptacle using tape.
Rim must project beyond receptacle around
wires 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) or more.
b. Fill rim with sealant and allow 8 hours to cure.

4. Install EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE (11) inmounting hole from inside heater case. Secure recep-
tacle using four screws (8), lock washers (9), and nuts (10). Attach terminal end of ground wire (14) to one
screw/lock washer/nut combination during this step.

Change 2 3-63
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER RECEPTACLE AND EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP

RECEPTACLE (CONT)

5. Install POWER RECEPTACLE (4) in mounting hole from inside heater case. Secure receptacle using four
screws (1), lock washers (2), and nuts (3). Attach terminal end of ground wire (7) to one screw/lock
washer/nut combination during this step.
6. Install louver panel (11) by locking eight studs (12).
7. Reach through heater case opening (10) and connect louver linkage to louver.
6. Install bottom cover (9) using six screws (7) and lock washers (8).

3-64 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

INSPECT PRINTED CIRCUIT (PC) BOARD ASSEMBLY

-
GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:
Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

W A R N I N G

Death or serious lnjury could occur If precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater Compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who Is
trained In electric shock first aid.
Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room temperature
before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Check for secure mounting of PC board

assembly (1).
2. Check PC board assembly (1) for breaks,
cracks, or bare portions in potting.
3. Trace each wire of PC board assembly (2).
Check for damaged insulation, loose or miss-
ing terminals, and loose or missing cable ties.
4. On Model UH-68G, check for loose wires and
damaged potting at POWER RECEPTACLE
(3) and EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTA-
CLE (4).
5. On Model UH-68G1, check for loose wires
and damaged solder joints at POWER
RECEPTACLE (3) and EXTERNAL FUEL
PUMP RECEPTACLE (4).
6. Check PC board assembly receptacle (5) for
loose wires and damaged potting.
7. On Model UH-68G1, check harness recepta-
cle (6) and plug (7) for loose wires and dam-
aged potting.
8. If PC board assembly does not pass above
inspections, forward heater to intermediate
maintenance for repair or replacement.

Change 2 3-65
TM 5-4520-253-13

HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE

Inspect/Service Heater Case Assembly 3-66

Adjust/Inspect/Service/Remove/install Side Panels and Louver Linkage 3-71
Adjust/Inspect/Service/Remove/install Doors and Bottom Cover 3-76
Inspect/Remove/Install Data Plates 3-80
Inspect/Remove/Install Labels 3-84

INSPECT/SERVICE HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Antiseize compound (Item 1, Appendix E)

Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Prepare heater case assembly for inspection as follows:

a. Open left door (1), front access door (2), and right door (3), Each door is released by unlock-
ing one stud (4).

3-66
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/SERVICE HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY (CONT)

b. Remove six screws (5) and lock washers (6) and lift off bottom cover (7).

c. Reach through heater case opening (8) and disconnect louver linkages from louvers.

d. Remove right-hand and left-hand louver panels (9 and 10) by unlocking eight studs (11) at
each panel.

e. At exhaust end of heater case, remove eight screws (12) and lift off rear cover (13).

2. Examine heater case for surface rust and scratches.

3. Check for missing or damaged hardware including rivets (14), studs (11), and stud receptacles (15).
Replace as needed. To replace stud (11), remove solid washer (16). Install new stud and press
on new washer.

4. Check for dents, frame distortion, and broken welds.

5. Check fixed louvers at rear of heater for obstructions. Be sure air can circulate freely through
the louvers.

6. Check shield (17) and straps (18) for security. The sheild and straps are held by rivets (14).

3-67
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/SERVICE HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY (CONT)

7. Look through opening in rear of heater and check

shields (1 ) and shield retainers (2) on either side
of heat exchanger.

8. Check bulkhead for security.

9. If heater case assembly needs painting or other repair, forward heater to intermediate maintenance.

10. Reassemble heater case assembly as follows:

a. Install rear cover (13) using eight screws (12).

b. Install louver panels (9 and 10) by locking eight studs (11) at each panel.

c. Reach through heater case opening (8) and connect louver linkages to louvers.

d. Install bottom cover (7) using six screws (5) and lock washers (6).

e. Close and lock doors (1, 2, and 3).

3-68
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/SERVICE HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY (CONT)

SERVICING:

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59°C).

Death or serious injury could occur if compressed air is

directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to
30 psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with compressed
air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove grease, oil, and fuel deposits by wiping heater case with rags dampened with P-D-680 dry
cleaning solvent. Remove excess dry cleaning solvent and dry with compressed air.

2. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2). Lift off bottom cover (3).

3. Reach through heater case opening (4) and disconnect louver linkages from louvers.

4. Remove louver panels (5 and 6) by unlocking eight studs (7) at each panel.

5. Clean and inspect interior including combustion blower and ventilating air motor.

3-69
TM 5-4520-253-13

l N S P E C T / S E R V I C E HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY (CONT)

6. Open left heater case door (8), front access door (9), and right heater case door (10). Each door
is released by unlocking one stud (11). Clean and inspect interior of heater. Lubricate door
hinges with antiseize compound.

7. Close right heater case door (10), front access door (9), and left heater case door (8). Secure
each door by locking one stud (11).

8. Install louver panels (5 and 6) by locking eight studs (7) at each panel.

9. Reach through heater case opening (4) and connect louver linkages to louvers.

10. Install bottom cover (3) using six screws (1) and lock washers (2).

3-70
 TM 5-4520-253-13

ADJUST/lNSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL SIDE PANELS AND

LOUVER LINKAGE
TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit
NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Antiseize compound (Item 1, Appendix E)

Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

GENERAL SAFETY NSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

ADJUSTMENT:

Death or serious injury could occur it precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Side panel louvers are adjusted by a push-pull movement of louver handle (1). When louver handle
is pushed in, pivot bar (2) turns clockwise to open louvers of right-hand louver panel (3) and close
louvers of left-hand louver panel (4). Pulling on louver handle has opposite effect.

2. There is no adjustment within the linkage itself. Bent or distorted louver handle (1), pivot bar
(2), or louver linkage (5) can cause binding and improper louver action. Distorted parts must be
straightened or replaced to restore proper adjustment.

3-71
TM 5-4320-253-13

ADJUST/lNSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL SIDE PANELS AND

LOUVER LINKAGE (CONT]
INSPECTION:

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2)

and lift off bottom cover (3).

2. Observe through heater opening (4) and

operate louver handle (5). Louvers (6) of
side louver panels should open and close
smoothly without binding at any point.

3. Check for broken pivots, disconnected

linkage, and corrosion or distortion of
parts. Replace defective parts. If louvers
(6) are defective, replace louver panel.

4. If louver panel needs painting, forward to

intermediate maintenance.

SERVICING:

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59° C).

Death or serious injury could occur if compressed air is

directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to
30 psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with compressed
air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

1. Remove grease, oil, and fuel deposits by wiping with rags dampened with P-D-680 dry cleaning
solvent. Remove excess dry cleaning solvent and dry with compressed air.

2. Lubricate louver pivots with antiseize compound.

3-72
 TM 5-4520-253-13

ADJUST/lNSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL SIDE PANELS AND

LOUVER LINKAGE (CONT)
REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2). Lift off bottom cover (3).
2. Reach through heater opening (4) and pull ends of louver linkages (5) out of holes in louver con-
trol bars (6).

3-73
TM 5-4520-253-13

ADJUST/lNSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL SIDE PANELS AND

LOUVER LINKAGE (CONT)

3. Remove right-hand and left-hand louver panels (7 and 8) by unlocking eight studs (9) at each
panel,

4. Remove cotter pins (10), washers (11), and springs (12). Lift off louver linkages (5).

5. Remove cotter pin (13), washers (14), and spring (15). Lift off end of louver handle (16) and
pull handle out through wall of heater case.

6. Unscrew nut (18) and remove screw (19) and washer (20). Lift off pivot bar (21).

7. Four screws (22) and lock washers (23) are installed in each louver panel at time of shipment.
They secure side covers when side covers are used. If side covers are not used, do not remove
screws (22) and lock washers (23).

INSTALLATION:

Do not overtighten nut (18) when installing pivot bar (21).

Tighten only enough to allow free movement of the pivot
bar.

1. Install pivot bar (21) using screw (19), washer (20), and nut (18). Place washer under head of
screw.

3-74
 TM 5-4520-253-13

ADJUST/lNSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL SIDE PANELS AND

LOUVER LINKAGE (CONT)

2. Install louver handle (16) through wall of heater case. Place end of louver handle through hole in
pivot bar (21), place spring (15) and washers (14) over end of louver handle, and secure with
cotter pin (13).

3. Place ends of louver linkages (5) through holes in pivot bar (21), place springs (12) and washers
(11) over ends of louver linkages, and secure with cotter pins (10).

4. Install right-hand and left-hand louver panels (7 and 8) by locking eight studs (9) at each panel.

5. Reach through heater opening (4) and connect louver linkages (5) to louver control bars (6).

6. Install bottom cover (3) using six screws (1) and lock washers (2).

3-75
TM 5-4520-253-13

ADJUST/lNSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL DOORS AND BOTTOM COVER

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Antiseize compound (Item 1, Appendix E)

Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

ADJUSTMENT:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Right and left doors (1 and 2) and front

access door (3) are adjusted by the same
procedure as follows:

a. Loosen four screws (4) at right and

left doors (1 and 2) or three screws
(5) at front access door (3). Do not
remove screws.

b. Adjust door vertically until studs (6 and

7) are aligned with their receptacles.
Lock studs by rotating clockwise.

c. Tighten top and bottom screws (4 or

5) to slight tension. Door must be
movable when tapped.

d. Tap door until top and bottom edges

are perfectly horizontal. Tighten all
screws (4 or 5) securely

2. There is no adjustment of the bottom cover.

3-76
 TM 5-4520-253-13

ADJUST/INSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL DOORS AND

BOTTOM COVER (CONT)
INSPECTION:

1. Check doors and bottom cover for surface corrosion and scratches. If painting is required, for-
ward heater to intermediate maintenance.

2. Check for dented or distorted doors and bottom cover. Doors that will not close properly and
bottom cover which cannot be made to lie flat must be replaced.

3. Check studs for broken springs, bent pins, and looseness. Check for damaged and missing stud
receptacles. Replace as needed. To replace stud, remove solid washer. Install new stud and press
on new washer.

4. Check door hinges for broken tack welds. If welds are broken, replace door.

SERVICING:

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59°C).

Death or serious injury could occur if compressed air is

directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to
30 psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with compressed
air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

1. Remove grease, oil, and fuel deposits by wiping with rags dampened with P-D-680 dry cleaning
solvent. Remove excess dry cleaning solvent and dry with compressed air.

2. Lubricate door hinges with antiseize compound.

3-77
TM 5-4520-253-13

ADJUST/lNSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL DOORS AND

BOTTOM COVER (CONT)

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

NOTE

Open right and left doors and

front access door to allow access
to hardware inside heater case
during removal.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock

washers (2} and lift off bottom
cover (3).

2. Remove four screws (4), lock

washers (5), and nuts (6).
Lift off left door (7). Use
same procedure for removing
right door.

3. Remove three screws (8), lock

washers (9), and nuts (10).
Lift off front access door (11).

3-78
 TM 5-4520-253-13

ADJUST/lNSPECT/SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL DOORS AND

BOTTOM COVER (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

1. Loosely install front access door (11) using three screws (8), lock washers (9), and nuts (10). Do
not tighten screws.

2. Loosely install left door (7) using four screws (4), lock washers (5), and nuts (6). Do not tighten
screws. Use same procedure for installing right door.

3. Adjust each door vertically until studs (12 and 13) are aligned with receptacles (14 and 15).
Lock studs by rotating clockwise,

4. Tighten top and bottom screws (4 or 8) to slight tension. Door must be movable when tapped.

5. Tap door until top and bottom edges are horizontal. Tighten all screws (4 or 8).

6. Install bottom cover (3) using six screws (1) and lock washers (2).

3-79
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL DATA PLATES

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Solder gun kit

NSN 3439-00-930-1638

MATERIALS/PARTS: Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)

Butt connector (4)
Tubular brass rivet, brazier head (8)
Pop rivet (4)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors Cl and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Check identification plate (1), name plate (2), wiring diagram plate (3), and sequence of oper-
ation plate (4) for legibility. If data plate (2, 3, or 4) is scratched, worn, or otherwise damaged
causing all or part of it to be unreadable, replace plate. Identification plate (1) is not
replaceable,

2. Check identification plate (1), wiring diagram plate (3), and sequence of operation plate (4) for
loose or broken rivets. Tighten or replace rivets as needed,

3-80
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL DATA PLATES (CONT)

3. Nameplate (2) is printed on heavy-

gauge aluminum. It is the control
box cover. Check for loose rivets
at hinge. Check for distortion
causing difficult closing or locking.
Replace defective cover.

NOTE

Identification plate (1) is normally never removed. If re-

moved, same identification plate must be installed.

1. Remove identification plate (1) by drilling out four blind rivets from outside heater case. Retain
identification plate for reinstallation.

2. Remove wiring diagram plate (3) and sequence of operation plate (4) by drilling out eight tubular
brass rivets from inside right door (5).

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

3. Removal of the name plate consists of removing the control box cover (1). Proceed as follows:

a. Disconnect violet wire (5) and yellow wire (7) from leads of FAULT light (2). Disconnect
white wire (12) and orange wire (13) from leads of HEAT light (3). Discard butt connectors
(4). Wire numbers are same as those appearing in table 3-5.

b. Grasp barrel fasteners (6) with pliers and forcibly remove. Discard fasteners.

3-81
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL DATA PLATES (CONT)

c. Pull FAULT and HEAT lights (2 and 3) out of mounting holes from front of control box
cover (1 ).

d. Remove hex nut (8) at front of control box cover (1) and pull HEATER-OFF-FAN switch (14)
out of mounting hole from back of cover.

e. Remove three screws (9), lock washers (10), and nuts (11). One combination screw/lock
washer/nut retains harness clamp (15). Remove harness clamp and lift off control box
cover ( 1 ).

INSTALLATION:

1. Install original identification plate (1)

using four blind rivets (2).

2. Install wiring diagram plate (3) using

four tubular brass rivets (4). Install
sequence of operation plate using
four rivets (4). Install all rivets (4)
with heads on outside of right door
(6).

3-82
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL DATA PLATES (CONT)

3. Install name plate by installing control box cover (1) as follows:

a. Thread wires of FAULT and HEAT lights (2 and 3) through mounting holes from front of
control box cover (1). Seat white light in mounting hole marked HEAT and red light in hole
marked FAULT.

b. Secure lights with barrel fasteners (6).

c. Install HEATER-OFF-FAN switch (14) through mounting hole from back of cover (1) and
secure at front of cover with hex nut (8).

d. Install harness clamp (15) around harness wires. Install cover (1) on control box using three
screws (9), lock washers (10), and nuts (11). Use one combination screw/lock washer/nut to
secure harness clamp as illustrated.

e. Connect violet wire (5) and yellow wire (7) to leads of FAULT light (2). Connect white wire
(12) and orange wire (13) to leads of HEAT light (3). use new butt connectors (4).

f. If in doubt as to location of any wire, find wire number in table 3-5 and check From/To
columns.

3-83
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REMOVE/lNSTALL LABELS

MATERIALS/PARTS: Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Refer to paragraph 2-8 and check all labels for legibility and security. If label is unreadable,
replace.

2. If label has partially peeled, press it back in place. Replace labels which will not stick to
surface.

REMOVAL/lNSTALLATION:

1. Peel off defective label.

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59° C).

2. Use rag dampened with P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent to clean off old adhesive, dirt, and grease or
oil. Allow surface to air dry.

3. Carefully apply appropriate pressure sensitive label.

3-84
 TM 5-4520-253-13

FUEL SYSTEM PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE

Inspect/Repair/Remove/Install Fuel Lines and Fittings 3-85

Service/Remove/install Fuel Filter 3-89
Inspect/Service/Ad just/Remove/lnstall Carburetor 3-92
Inspect/Test/Remove/lnstall Solenoid 3-97

lNSPECT/REPAIR/REMOVE/lNSTALL FUEL LINES AND FITTINGS

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.
Well-ventilated area.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefuIIy. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

1. Check nylon tubing fuel lines (1 and 2) for kinks, cuts, or breaks. Check for leaks at male
elbows (3) and tighten fittings if needed.

3-85
TM 5-4520-253-13

l N S P E C T / R E P A I R / R E M O V E / INSTALL FUEL LINES AND FITTINGS (CONT)

2. Check for fuel leaks in fuel filter (4). Check fuel filter bowl for security.

3. Check bulkhead fittings (5) for leaks and security.

4. Check carburetor (6) for leaks and secure mounting to burner head (7

5. Check for presence of cap Plum (8) and fuel tags (9). Note position of fuel tags when heater is
viewed from front and mounted as illustrated. FUEL INLET tag should be on-your left and
FUEL OVERFLOW tag should be on your right. Replace cap plugs (8) if beaded connector is
broken or cap missing. Replace missing fuel tags and reposition them under correct bulkhead
fitting if needed.

REPAIR:

Repair consists of tightening loose connections, securing loosely mounted parts, and replacing damaged
or defective parts.

3-86
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REPAIR/REMOVE/lNSTALL FUEL LINES AND FITTINGS (CONT)

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

1. Close shutoff valve at fuel container.

2. Remove fuel line (1) by loosening nuts at male elbow (2) of carburetor (3) and male elbow (4)
of fuel filter (11).

3-87
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/REPAIR/REMOVE/lNSTALL FUEL LINES AND FITTINGS (CONT)

3. Remove fuel line (5) by loosening nuts at male elbow (6) of carburetor (3) and male connector
(7).

4. Remove two screws (8) and lock washers (9) and pull FUEL INLET bulkhead fitting (10) out of
mounting hole from inside heater case. Fuel filter (11) is attached.

5. Bottom screw (8) also retains cap plug (13) and FUEL INLET tag (14). Carefully retain these
parts for reassembly.

6. Remove two screws (15) and lock washers (16) and pull FUEL OVERFLOW bulkhead fitting (17)
out of mounting hole from inside heater case.

7. Bottom screw (15) also retains cap plug (18) and FUEL OVERFLOW tag (19). Carefully retain
these parts for reassembly.

8. Disassemble FUEL INLET bulkhead fitting (10), fuel filter (11), nipple (12), and male elbow (4).

9. Disassemble FUEL OVERFLOW bulkhead fitting (17) and male connector (7).

10. With fuel lines and fittings disassembled, inspect fittings for stripped or crossed threads and other
damage. Replace damaged or defective fittings.

INSTALLATION:

1. Assemble FUEL OVERFLOW bulkhead fitting (17) and male connector (7).

2. Assemble FUEL INLET bulkhead fitting (10), fuel filter (11), nipple (12), and male elbow (4).

3. Install FUEL OVERFLOW bulkhead fitting (17) in mounting hole from inside heater case and
secure with two screws (15) and lock washers (16). Bottom screw (15) also secures cap plug (18)
and FUEL OVERFLOW tag (19). Place tag between lock washer (16) and heater case. Fasten
cap plug (18) between lock washer (16) and screw (15).

4. Install FUEL INLET bulkhead fitting (10) in mounting hole from inside heater case and secure
with two screws (8) and lock washers (9). Bottom screw (8) also secures cap plug (13) and FUEL
INLET tag (14). Place tag between lock washer (9) and heater case. Fasten cap plug (13) between
lock washer (9) and screw (8).

5. Install fuel line (5) in male elbow (6) of carburetor (3) and male connector (7). Secure by
tightening nuts of fittings.

6. Install fuel line (1) in male elbow (2) of carburetor (3) and male elbow (4), Secure by tightening
nuts of fittings.

7. Open shutoff valve at fuel container if heater is to be used.

3-88
 TM 5-4520-253-13

SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL FUEL FILTER

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.
Well-ventilated area.

SERVICE:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

1. Close shutoff valve at fuel container.

2. Loosen thumbscrew (1) on wire bail (2). Swing bail out from under filter bowl (3)

3-89
TM 5-4520-253-13

SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL FUEL FILTER (CONT)

3. Remove bowl (3), filter element (4), and gasket (5) from filter head (6).

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. AIways wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59°C).

Death or serious injury could occur if compressed air is

directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to
30 psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with compressed
air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

4. Clean filter element (4), gasket (5), and bowl (3) in P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent. Shake off
excess and dry parts with compressed air, If filter element cannot be cleaned, replace with new
element. If gasket is cracked or damaged, replace it.

5. Install filter element (4) and gasket (5) in filter head (6). Place filter bowl (3) over filter element
and against gasket.

6. Swing wire bail (2) under bowl and tighten thumbscrew (1) against bottom of bowl until leakproof
seal is achieved.

3-90
 TM 5-4520-253-13

SERVICE/REMOVE/lNSTALL FUEL FILTER (CONT)

REMOVAL:

1. Disconnect fuel line (1) by loosening nut of male elbow (2).

2. Remove male elbow (2) from fuel filter (3).

3. Loosen thumbscrew (4), swing wire bail (5) out from under filter bowl (6), and remove bowl.

4. Remove fuel filter (3) from nipple (7).

INSTALLATION:

1. Install fuel filter (3) on nipple (4).

2. Assemble filter bowl (6) to fuel filter (3), swing bail (5) under filter bowl, and tighten thumbscrew
(4).

3. Install male elbow (2) in fuel filter (3).

4. Install fuel line (1) in male elbow (2) and secure by tightening nut of elbow.

5. Open shutoff valve at fuel container if heater is to be used.

3-91
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/SERVICE/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL CARBURETOR

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

INSPECTION:

1. Check carburetor for security. Tighten screws (1) if needed.

2. Check nipple (2) and male elbows (3) for leaks,

3. Check solenoid (4) for security and leakage.

4. Check installation of carburetor heater (5) and electrical connections (6).

3-92
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/SERVICE/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL CARBURETOR CONT

SERVICE:

1. Disconnect fuel tube (1) by loosening nut of male elbow (2).

2. Remove elbow (2) and lift float bowl inlet screen (3) out of inlet (4) of float bowl (5).

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59° C).

Death or serious injury could occur if compressed air is

directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to
30 psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with compressed
air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

3. Clean screen (3) by dissolving deposits in

P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent.

4. Shake off excess dry cleaning solvent and dry

with compressed air.

5. Check screen (3) for remaining deposits,

punctures, or distortion. If screen cannot be
completely cleared of deposits or is damaged,
replace.

6. Install float bowl inlet screen (3) in inlet (4)

of float bowl (5).

7. Install fuel tube (1) in male elbow (2) and

tighten elbow nut.

3-93
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/SERVICE/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL CARBURETOR (CONT)

ADJUSTMENT:

Do not operate heater in enclosure unless exhaust gases are

piped outside. Exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide, a
colorless, odorless, deadly poisonous gas. Failure to provide
proper elimination of the exhaust can cause severe illness or
death.

1. Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in HEATER position. Allow heater to heat up to normal

operating temperature.

2. Open front access door (1) and locate fuel needle (2).

When turning needle valve all the way in, do not force. Use
light pressure to avoid damage to valve.

3. Turn fuel needle (2) clockwise as far as possible.

4. Turn fuel needle (2) counterclockwise in 1/8-turn increments. Increase fuel flow until there is no
odor of unburned fuel and no smoke in exhaust fumes.

5. In low ambient temperatures it may be necessary to increase fuel flow to achieve smooth burner
operation.

3-94
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/SERVICE/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL CARBURETOR (CONT)

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.
Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled
carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

1. Close shutoff valve at fuel container.

2. Disconnect fuel lines (1 and 2) by loosening

nuts of male elbows (3 and 4).

3. Tag orange wire (5) and disconnect from fuel

preheat thermostat (6). Wire (5) is part of
PC board assembly.

4. Tag wires and disconnect wire (7) from

thermostat (6) and wire (8) from white wire
of PC board assembly. Wires (7 and 8) are
part of carburetor heater (9). Remove car-
buretor heater and retain for reassembly.

5. Tag and disconnect wires (10 and 11) from

green and blue wires of PC board assembly.

6. Remove four screws (12) and lock washers

(13) and lift off carburetor (14).

3-95
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/SERVICE/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL CARBURETOR (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

1. Install carburetor on burner head using four screws (12) and lock washers (13).

2. Connect wires (10 and 11) to green and blue wires of PC board assembly in accordance with tags.

3. Install carburetor heater (9) in carburetor (14). Connect wire (8) to white wire of PC board
assembly and wire (7) to fuel preheat thermostat (6).

4. Locate orange wire (5) and connect it to fuel preheat thermostat (6).

5. Install fuel lines (1 and 2) and secure by tightening nuts of male elbows (3 and 4).

6. Open shutoff valve at fuel container.

3-96
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SOLENOID

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: O-Ring

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Check for fuel leakage where solenoid (1) is screwed into carburetor body (2). Tighten solenoid
with screwdriver to stop leakage.

3-97
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SOLENOID (CONT)

2. Check solenoid wires (3 and 4) for cuts or breaks in insulation and loose or damaged male coupler
terminals (5 and 6). Replace defective terminals. If wire is damaged close to terminal end, small
amount of wire can be removed. Wires must still be long enough to reach terminals of green and
blue wires of PC board assembly wiring (7). Otherwise, replace solenoid (1).

TESTING:

1. Disconnect wires (3 and 4 from PC board assembly wiring (7). Tag al wires.

2. Connect wires (3 and 4) to a 24 V dc power source.

3. Alternately make and break the circuit by touching and removing one of wires (3 or 4) from the
power source. If solenoid (1 ) is good, a clicking sound will be heard when the valve opens or
closes. If no sound is heard, solenoid is defective. Replace with good solenoid.

3-98
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SOLENOID (CONT)

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

1. Close shutoff valve at fuel container,

2. Disconnect wires (3 and 4) from PC board assembly wiring (7). Tag all wires.

3. Use screwdriver to unscrew solenoid (1) from carburetor body (2).

4. Remove O-ring (8) and discard.

INSTALLATION:

1. Install new O-ring (8) in carburetor body (2).

2. Install solenoid (1 ) using screwdriver. Tighten securely.

3. Connect wires (3 and 4) to PC board assembly wiring (7) in accordance with tags.

4. Open shutoff valve at fuel container if heater is to be used.

3-99
TM 5-4520-253-13

ELECTRICAL PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE
I
Inspect Combustion Blower 3-100
Inspect Ventilating Air Motor 3-102
Inspect/Test/Remove/lnstalI Safety Thermostats and Flame Switch 3-105
and Bracket Assembly

INSPECT COMBUSTION BLOWER

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF -FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another parson standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2). Lift off bottom cover (3).

2. Reach through heater opening (4) and disconnect louver linkages from louvers.

3. Remove louver panels (5 and 6) by unlocking eight studs (7) at each panel.

4. Open side doors (8 and 9) and front access door (10).

5. Check mounting screws (11 ) for security.

6. Check support tube (12) for security. Be sure that screw (13) holds combustion blower (14)
firmly against support tube (12).

7. Be sure hose clamps (15 and 16) are tight.

8. Check combustion blower air duct from all available angles for punctures, breaks, or distortion
causing restricted air flow.

3-100
 TM 5-4520-253-13

INSPECT COMBUSTION BLOWER (CONT)

9. Check soldered connections of wires (18) at suppression capacitors for looseness or broken solder,

Do not operate heater in enclosure unless exhaust gases are

piped outside. Exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide, a
colorless, odorless, deadly poisonous gas. Failure to provide
proper elimination of the exhaust can cause severe illness or
death.

10. Operate heater and listen for slow motor operation and noise indicating possible failure in motor
bearings.

11. If repair is needed other than tightening screws and clamps, forward heater to intermediate
maintenance.

12. Install louver panels (5 and 6) by locking eight studs (7) at each panel.

13. Reach through heater case opening (4) and connect louver linkages to louvers.

14. Install bottom cover (3) using six screws (1) and lock washers (2).

3-101
TM 5-4520-253-13

INSPECT VENTILATING AIR MOTOR

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Butt connector (1)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C 1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2).

Lift off bottom cover (3).

2. Reach through heater case opening (4) and

disconnect louver linkages from louvers.

3. Remove louver panels (5 and 6) by un-

locking eight studs (7) at each panel.

3-102
 TM 5-4520-253-13

INSPECT VENTILATING AIR MOTOR (CONT)

4. Check ventilating air motor (1) for secure mounting in motor mount (2)

5. Check motor cushion (3) for placement under motor mount (2) and for wear or other damage.

6. Check motor mount attaching screws (4) for security.

7. Be sure that fan blades (5) are securely mounted on motor shaft (6)- Fan blades are secured by
2 set screws (7) spaced 90° apart.

8. Check capacitor (8) for security in mounting bracket (9).

9. Check capacitor boot (10) for damage and deterioration. Be sure boot covers capacitor
terminals.

10. Check ground wire (11 ) for loose terminals (12) and for security.

11. Check for security of wire terminals and butt connector (13). Loose terminal or butt connector
must be replaced.

3-103
TM 5-4520-253-13

INSPECT VENTILATING AIR MOTOR (CONT)

Do not operate heater in enclosure unless exhaust gases are

piped outside. Exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide, a
colorless, odorless, deadly poisonous gas. Failure to provide
proper elimination of the exhaust can cause severe illness or
death.

12. Operate heater and listen for slow motor operation and noise indicating possible failure in motor
bearing.

13. If repair is needed other than tightening screws and nuts, forward heater to intermediate
maintenance.

14. Install louver panels (5 and 6) by locking eight studs (7) at each panel.

15. Reach through heater case opening (4) and connect louver linkages to louvers.

16. Install bottom cover (3) using six screws (1) and lock washers (2).

3-104
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SAFETY THERMOSTATS AND FLAME

SWITCH AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY

TOOL EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

Thermometer [range up to 300° F ( 49°C)]

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERlALS/PARTS: Wire, insulated, heat resistant

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

INSPECTION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Open access door (1) by unlocking one stud (2). Locate thermostat mounting bracket (3) and
flame switch and bracket assembly (4).

2. Remove two screws (5) and lock washers (6) at mounting bracket (3) and lift out bracket and
overheat thermostat (7). The thermostat is covered by shield (8).

3. Check thermostat (7) for cracks, dents, or other signs of damage or overheating.

4. Check for bent or missing shield (8).

5. Check terminal connections of wires (9) for good electrical contact.

6. Replace defective thermostat (7).

7. Remove two screws (10) and lock washers (11) and lift out flame switch and bracket assembly (4).
Assembly (4) carries overheat thermostat (12) which is identical to thermostat (7).

3-105
TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SAFETY THERMOSTATS AND FLAME

SWITCH AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY (CONT)

8. Check thermostat (12) for cracks, dents, or other signs of damage or overheating.

9. Check flame switch and bracket assembly (4) for bends, broken welds, and damage to flame
switches (13 and 14).

10. Check terminal connections of wires (15) for good electrical contact.

11. Replace defective thermostat (12) or flame switch and bracket assembly (4).

TESTING:

1. Test both overheat thermostats according to the same procedure as follows:

a. Disconnect quick disconnect terminals ( 1 ) of

wires (2) from thermostat (3).

b. Connect terminals (4) of thermostat (3) in

series with volt ohmmeter using heat re-
sistant, insulated wires.

c. Place thermostat in heating chamber along

with accurate thermometer.

d. Thermostat contacts must open between 253°

and 267° F (123° and 131°C). Turn off heat
and allow thermostat to cool. Thermostat contacts must close between 227° and 243° F
(108° and 117°C). Replace thermostat that fails to operate within these limits.

3-106
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SAFETY THERMOSTATS AND FLAME

SWITCH AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY (CONT)

2. Test flame switch and bracket assembly for

continuity.

a. Disconnect red and violet wires from

flame switch (1). Using volt ohmmeter,
place one probe against each terminal of
flame switch (1). Meter should indicate
zero resistance.

b. Heat bottom of flame switch (1) to 130’ F

(54° C) and place probes on terminals.
Switch should snap (open) and meter
should indicate infinite resistance.

c. Connect red and violet wires to flame

switch (1).

d. Disconnect red and brown wires from flame switch (2). Using volt ohmmeter, place one probe
against each terminal of flame switch (2). Meter should indicate infinite resistance,

e. Heat bottom of flame switch (2) to 130° F (54° C) and place probes on terminals. Switch
should snap (close) and meter should indicate zero resistance.

f. Connect red and brown wires to flame switch (2).

g. If either flame switch (1 or 2) is defective, replace flame switch and bracket assembly.

REMOVAL:

1. Remove lower overheat thermostat as follows:

a. Remove two screws (1) and lock washers

(2) at thermostat mounting bracket (3)
and lift out bracket and thermostat (4).
Thermostat is covered by shield (5).

b. Disconnect red/white and grey wires (6 and

7) from thermostat (4) at quick disconnect
terminals (8).

c. Remove two screws (9), lock washers (10),

and nuts (11) securing thermostat (4) to
mounting bracket (3). One screw/lock
washer/ nut combination secures shield (5)
to lower thermostat. Retain shield for
reassembly. Lift off thermostat (4).

3-107
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SAFETY THERMOSTATS AND FLAME

SWITCH AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY (CONT)

2. Remove flame switch and bracket assembly and upper overheat thermostat as follows:

a. Remove two screws (1) and lock washers (2). Pull flame switch and bracket assembly (3)
out of opening (4) in heater bulkhead.

b. Disconnect quick disconnect terminals (5) of yellow and grey wires (6 and 7) from upper
overheat thermostat (8).

c. Remove two screws (9), lock washers (10), and nuts (11 ). Lift off thermostat (8)

d. If further removal is desired, disconnect red and violet wires from flame switch (12) and red
and brown wires from flame switch (13).

e. Pry out grommet (14) and pull wires through opening in flame switch and bracket
assembly (3).

3-108
 TM 5-4520-253-13

lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SAFETY THERMOSTATS AND FLAME

SWITCH AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

1. Install lower overheat thermostat as follows:

a. Install thermostat (4) on mounting bracket

(3) using two screws (9), lock washers (10),
and nuts (11). Use one screw/lock washer/
nut combination to install shield (5) as
illustrated.

b. Connect wires (6 and 7) to thermostat (4)

using quick disconnect terminals (8).

c. Install thermostat (4) through mounting

hole and secure thermostat mounting
bracket (3) using two screws (1) and lock
washers (2).

2. Install upper overheat thermostat and flame switch and bracket assembly as follows:

a. Install thermostat (8) on flame switch and bracket assembly (3) using two screws (9), lock
washers (10), and nuts (11).

b. If wires have been removed from flame switch and bracket assembly, reinsert wires through
opening in assembly.

c. Connect red and violet wires to flame switch (12), connect red and brown wires to flame
switch (13), and connect yellow and grey wires (6 and 7) to upper overheat thermostat (8)
using quick disconnect terminals (5).

d. Press grommet (14) in place.

e. Install flame switch and bracket assembly (3) in opening (4) in heater bulkhead, Attach
assembly to heater bulkhead using two screws (1) and lock washers (2). With screws loosened,
adjust flame switch and bracket assembly downward as far as it will go. This seats the flame
switches (12 and 13) against the heat exchanger. Tighten screws (1).

3-109
TM 5-4520-253-13

BURNER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE

Remove/lnstall/Test/Repair Ignition Transformer and Cable 3-110

Service/Test/Remove/lnstalI Igniter Assembly 3-117

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST/REPAIR IGNITION TRANSFORMER AND CABLE

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Butt connector (2)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insuIated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2), Lift off bottom cover (3).

2. Reach through heater case opening (4) and disconnect louver linkages from louvers.

3-110
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST/REPAIR IGNITION TRANSFORMER AND CABLE (CONT)

3. Remove louver panels (5 and 6) by unlocking eight studs (7) at each panel.

4. Open left door (8) by unlocking one stud (9).

5. Disconnect ignition cable (10) from igniter (11 ).

6. Release cable clamp (12) by removing screw (13), lock washer (14), and nut (15).

7. Disconnect yellow and white transformer wires (16 and 17) at quick disconnect terminals (18) on
yellow and white PC board assembly wires (19 and 20).

3-111
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST/REPAIR IGNITION TRANSFORMER AND CABLE (CONT)

8. Pry grommet (26) out of hole (27) in exchanger housing bottom panel (28). Pull ignition cable
(10) out through hole.

9. Remove four nuts (21), lock washers (22), and flat washers (23). Lift transformer (24) off
bulkhead (25).

INSTALLATION:

1. Install transformer (24) on bulkhead (25) using four flat washers (23), lock washers {22), and
nuts (21 ).

2. Connect yellow and white transformer wires (16 and 17) to quick disconnect terminals (18) on
yellow and white PC board assembly wires (19 and 20). Connect yellow wire to yellow wire and
white wire to white wire.

3. Install ignition cable (10) through

hole (27) in exchanger housing
bottom (28),

4. Connect ignition cable (10)

to igniter (11).

5. Press grommet (26) into

hole (27).

6. Install cable clamp (12)

using screw (13), lock
washer (14), and nut (15).

3-112
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST/REPAIR IGNITION TRANSFORMER AND CABLE (CONT)

7. Secure left door (8) by locking one stud (9).

8. Install louver panels (5 and 6) by locking

eight studs (7) at each panel.

9. Reach through heater case opening (4) and

connect louver linkages to louvers.

10. Install bottom cover (3) using six screws

(1) and lock washers (2).

TESTING:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

1. Remove bottom cover and louver panels. Refer to REMOVAL, page 3-110.

2. Disconnect ignition cable (1) from igniter,

3. Disconnect yellow and white transformer wires (2 and 3)

from quick disconnect terminals (4) on PC board assem-
bly wires (5 and 6).

4. Using volt ohmmeter, test primary winding of transformer

(7). place one probe against wire (2) and the other probe
against wire (3). Meter should read 5-6 ohms.

5. Using volt ohmmeter, test secondary winding of trans-

former. Place one probe against spring (8) and
ground other probe on transformer case or shielding
of ignition cable (1 ). Meter should read 14,000 ohms.

3-113
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST/REPAIR IGNITION TRANSFORMER AND CABLE (CONT)

When checking spark, do not allow spark gap to exceed

0.125 in. (3.175 mm). Larger gap will cause excessively
high potential buildup resulting in insulation breakdown
either internally or in ignition cable.

6. Test for spark as follows:

a. Disconnect ignition cable (1) from

igniter assembly.

Death or serious injury could occur if this equipment is not

properly grounded before connecting to a power source.
Do not attempt to operate before grounding. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

b. Disconnect fuel pump cable from EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE and close shutoff
valve at fuel container.

c. Position spring (2) at tip of cable not more than 0.125 in. (3.175 mm) from grounded
surface (3).

3-114
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST/REPAIR IGNITION TRANSFORMER AND CABLE (CONT)

d. Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in HEATER position. If no spark is observed, inspect con-

nector (4) (red silicone rubber) for signs of burning or improper installation. Check the
connector for any of the following illustrated conditions:

Replace defective connector using connector kit.

e. Retest. If spark is not observed, inspect quick dis-

connect terminals (5) connecting wires (6 and 7) to
transformer (8). Reconnect wires using new ter-
minals if needed, If spark is still not observed,
replace transformer.

REPAIR:
Repair consists in replacing kitted connector parts in ignition cable connector.

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

1. Disconnect ignition cable (1) from

igniter assembly.

2. Unscrew spring (2) and discard.

3. Cut off stud (3) and discard.

4. Pull connector (4) out of nut (5)

and discard.

3-115
TM 5-4520-253-13

R E M O V E / l N S T A L L / T E S T / R E P A I R I G N I T I O N T R A N S F O R M E R AND CABLE (CONT)

5. Check nut (5) for stripped threads or other damage interfering with function. Check soldered
connection of cable shielding to ferrule (6). If nut or shielding is defective, replace transformer
assembly.

6. If bare wire is burned, has broken strands, or is otherwise damaged, slide shielding back, cut off
damaged portion, and remove 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) of insulation.

7. Pinch or twist bare wires (7) into small bundle and install stud (3) over wires.

Do not crimp threaded part of stud (3) when attaching stud

to wires (7). Crimp only smooth part.

8. Crimp stud (3) on bare wires.

9. Push high tension wire (8) into connector (4) until threaded end of stud (3) projects beyond end
of connector. Seat connector firmly in nut (5) and ferrule (6).

10. Screw spring (2) on threaded end of stud (3).

3-116
 TM 5-4520-253-13

SERVICE/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL IGNITER ASSEMBLY

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

SERVICE:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors Cl and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Disconnect ignition cable (1) from igniter assembly (2). Remove igniter assembly from burner
head port (3).

3-117
TM 5-4520-253-13

SERVICE/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL IGNITER ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59° C).

Death or serious injury could occur if compressed air is

directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to
30 psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with compressed
air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

2. Clean igniter assembly (2) in P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent. Shake off excess solvent and dry with
compressed air.

3. Check electrode (4) at end of sleeve (5). It should be in center of hole in end face (6). If
needed, use small screwdriver or similar tool and bend electrode slightly until it is centered.

4. End of electrode must be flush with end face (6) to 0.010 in. (0.254 mm) underflush. If igniter
assembly (2) fails to meet these dimensions or is badly fouled or burned, replace.

TESTING:

When attaching ignition cable to igniter, tighten manually

and turn nut only about 1/4 additional turn. Avoid over-
tightening.

1. Connect ignition cable (1) to igniter assembly (2).

2. Block burner head port (3) by stuffing with rag or other means.

3. Disconnect fuel pump cable from EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE and close shutoff
valve at fuel container.

3-118
 TM 5-4520-253-13

SERVICE/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL IGNITER ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Death or serious injury could occur if this equipment is not

properly grounded before connecting to a power source. Do
not attempt to operate before grounding. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

4. Place HEATER-OFF-FAN switch in HEATER position.

5. Ground igniter assembly to heater and observe for spark. If no spark or spark is weak, replace.

REMOVAL/lNSTALLATION:

Always disconnect ignition cable (1) before removing igniter assembly (2) . Igniter is threaded into
port (3). Clockwise rotation tightens igniter and counterclockwise rotation loosens it.

3-119
TM 5-4520-253-13

ACCESSORY ITEMS PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE

Test/Adjust/Remove/lnstall Room Thermostat 3-120

Remove/install Side Heater Case Covers 3-123
Remove/Install Power, Fuel Pump, and Room Thermostat Plugs 3-124

TEST/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.

TESTING:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors Cl and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

1. Disconnect thermostat cable from ROOM THERMO receptacle.

2. Remove screw (1) at bottom of thermostat cover and pull off

cover.

3. Slowly rotate adjustment knob (2) clockwise and counter-

clockwise. Thermostat should click as dial is rotated past
room temperature, as long as room temperature is within
thermostat range.

4. If click is not heard, check continuity across switch ter-

minals. Place probes of volt ohmmeter on switch termi-
nals. Again rotate adjustment knob. There should be
continuity when the thermostat is set above room tem-
perature by 2°F (1.1° C) or more. There should be no
continuity when it is set below room temperature by 2°F (1.1° C) or more.

5. If thermostat does not operate as described above, replace.

3-120
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT (CONT)

ADJUSTMENT:

Adjustment of the room thermostat is by the adjust-

ment knob only. Do not attempt any other adjust-
ment or repair. Improperly operating thermostat
must be replaced.

REMOVAL:

1. Disconnect 3-wire, 16-gauge, shielded thermostat cable from ROOM THERMO receptacle.

2. Remove screw (1) at bottom of thermostat cover and pull off cover (2).

3. Disconnect two wires (3 and 4) from terminals marked 1 and 3. Disconnect green wire (5) from
screw in case marked ground.

4. Remove four mounting screws (6) and lift off thermostat (7)

3-121
TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL ROOM THERMOSTAT (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

1. Install room thermostat (7) using three mounting screws (6).

2. Connect wires (3 and 4) to terminals marked 1 and 3. Connect green wire (5) to screw in
thermostat case marked G R.

3. Use fourth mounting screw (6) to ground cable shield to thermostat case.

4. Install cover (2) and secure with screw (1).

5. Connect thermostat cable to ROOM THERMO receptacle.

3-122
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL SIDE HEATER CASE COVERS

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Each louver paneI (1) is initially provided with four screws (2) and lock washers (3) mounted in tapped
holes (4). Side covers (5) are packaged separately. The four screws and lock washers are used to
mount each side cover.

REMOVAL:

1. Remove four screws (2) and lock washers (3) at each side cover (5) and lift off side cover.

2. install screws (2) and lock washers in louver panels (1).

INSTALLATION:

1. Remove four screws (2) and lock washers (3) from each louver panel (1).

2. Install side covers (5) using four screws (2) and lock washers (3) at each cover.

3-123
TM 5-4520-253-13

RENIOVE/lNSTALL POWER, FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THERMOSTAT PLUGS

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Solder gun kit

NSN 3439-00-930-1638

MATERIALS/PARTS: Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)

All three plugs are removed and installed in accordance with the same procedure. Plugs differ in size
and number of pin contacts. The power plug (4-pin) is the largest and has an additional bushing which
other plugs do not have. Once installed, it is not necessary to disassemble the bushing.

REMOVAL:

1. Disconnect plug from heater.

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Remove power
cable plug from POWER RECEPTACLE. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

2. If removing power plug, first disconnect power cable from power source.

3. Remove two screws (1) and attached lock washers (2). Lift off wire clamps (3).

4. Unscrew endbell (4) from barrel (5) by rotating endbell counterclockwise.

5. Pull on barrel (5) until several inches of cable have been pulled through endbell (4)

6. Separate coupling nut (6), O-ring (7), ferrule (8), and grommet (9) from barrel (5). This exposes
soldered ends of cable wires.

3-124
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER, FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THERMOSTAT

PLUGS (CONT)

7. Unsolder wires or, if plug is to be discarded, cut wires close to pin contacts (10). Slide wires out
of grommet (9), ferrule (8), O-ring (7), coupling nut (6), and endbell (4). If removing power plug,
wires will also be pulled through bushing (1 1).

INSTALLATION:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Remove power
cable plug from POWER RECEPTACLE. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

1. If installing power plug, be sure power cable is disconnected from power source.

2. Refer to table 3-7 and select correct cable for plug being installed.

3. If power plug is being installed, insert cable through bushing (11), endbell (4), coupling nut (6),
and ferrule (8).

4. Install O-ring (7) on barrel (5) against boss (12).

5. Strip cable insulation far enough to allow individual wires to project through grommet (9) and be
soldered to pin contacts (10). If installing room thermostat plug, solder small ground wire to
cable shield. Insert wires at tapered end of grommet where number appears.

6. Remove 1/4 inch of insulation from individual wires (refer to table 3-7), and solder wires to
correct pins.

7. Position grommet (9) with holes over pin contacts (10).

8. Slide ferrule (8) over grommet (9). Slide key (13) of ferrule into slot (14) of barrel (5).

9. Connect endbell (4) to barrel (5) by rotating endbell clockwise. Tighten firmly.

10. Push insulated portion of cable as far into endbell (4) as it will go and secure with clamps (3),
screws (1), and lock washers (2).

3-125
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL POWER, FUEL PUMP, AND ROOM THERMOSTAT

PLUGS (CONT)
Table 3-7. Plug Wire Connections

Plug Cable Connections

I I
Power (4-pin ) 3-wire, 12-gauge Black wire to pin A.
White wire to pin C.
Green wire (ground) to pin D.

Room Thermostat 3-wire, 16-gauge, Black and white wires to pins A and C.
(3-pin) shielded Green wire (ground) and shield to pin B.
I I
Fuel Pump (2-pin) 2-wire, 16-gauge Hot wire to pin A.
I Green wire (ground) to pin B.

Section VIl. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

3-20. DISASSEMBLY OF HEATING SYSTEM.

a. If heater is in operation, move HEATER-OFF-FAN switch to OFF. Allow heater to complete

normal purge and cooling-off cycle.

b. Disconnect exhaust line.

c. Close fuel supply valve.

d. Shut off 120 V ac power at power source and disconnect the 3-wire, 12-gauge cable at heater
power plug. Disconnect power plug from heater and remove plug and bushing from 3-wire
cable. install dust cap on receptacle,

e. Disconnect 3-wire, 16-gauge cable and shield from room thermostat. Remove room thermostat
from wall or other mounting surface.

f. Disconnect room thermostat plug from ROOM THERMO receptacle. Remove plug from 3-wire
cable. Install dust cap on ROOM THERMO receptacle.

g. Disconnect external fuel supply cable plugs from EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE and
fuel pump. Remove plugs from 2-wire, 16-gauge cable, Set aside fuel pump plug (2-pin),
Install dust cap on EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE.

3-126
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Small amount of fuel may be released when disconnecting

fuel lines. Collect fuel in approved safety container. Wipe
up any spilled fuel promptly. Dispose of wiping cloth in
safe manner.

h. Disconnect fuel lines from FUEL INLET and FUEL OVERFLOW fittings. Install cap plugs on
fittings. Disconnect fuel lines from IN and OUT ports on external fuel pump. Cover or plug
ports. Remove fuel pump from mounting surface.

i. Remove hood if installed. Place attaching screws and lock washers in box or bag, identify, and
secure box or bag to hood.

j. Support heater, if necessary, and remove mounting bolts or lag screws. Place heater on bench
or table.

k. If heater has been modified (air flow is other than downward), refer to paragraph 3-8 and
restore to initial position.

3-21. PREPARATION

Prepare heater for shipment or storage as follows:

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59°c).

Death or serious injury could occur if compressed air is

directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to
30 psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with compressed
air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

a. Remove grease, oil, and fuel deposits by wiping with rags dampened with P-D-680 dry cleaning
solvent. Remove excess dry cleaning solvent and dry with compressed air.

b. Inspect painted surfaces of heater for scratches or other damage. Forward to intermediate
maintenance for painting or other repair.

c. Apply light coating of VV-L-800 preservative oil to exposed unpainted metal surfaces. Move
side louvers to closed position.

3-127
TM 5-4520-253-13

d. Assemble the following items which were shipped with the heater:

1 Room thermostat (1)

1 Power plug (4-pin) (2)
1 Bushing (used with power plug) (3)
1 Room thermostat plug (3-pin) (4)
1 Fuel pump plug (2-pin) (5)
2 Side covers (6)
1 Fuel pump, external (optional) (7)

e. Inspect for damage. Replace damaged items.

3-22. PACKAGING

a. Obtain original shipping carton and crate, or carton and crate for shipping like heater unit.

b. Wrap plugs, bushing, and external fuel pump sufficiently to prevent movement or damage in
shipment, Place heater, plugs, bushing, and fuel pump in carton and seal.

c. Place carton in crate and close crate securely.

3-128
 TM 5-4520-253-13

CHAPTER 4
INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section I. TROUBLESHOOTING

4-1. GENERAL

a. This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most of the
operating troubles which are the responsibility of intermediate maintenance. Each malfunction is
followed by a list of tests or inspections which help determine probable causes and corrective actions
to take.

b. This manual cannot list all malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and cor-
rective actions possible to correct those malfunctions. If a malfunction is not listed, or is not corrected
by listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor. Only those functions that are solely within the
scope of intermediate maintenance are Iisted.

c. Table 4-1 lists the common malfunctions which you may find during operation or maintenance
of the heater or its components. Perform tests/inspections and corrective actions in the order listed.

d. Table 4-1 assumes that all applicable unit maintenance troubleshooting has been performed,
but the cause of the malfunction has not been determined.

NOTE

Before you use this table, be sure you have performed all
applicable operating procedures.

4-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

NOTE

All procedural instructions assume that appropriate access

openings have been uncovered to perform the procedure
described. Access to heater compartments is achieved as
follows:

Open left door (1), front access door (2), and

right door (3) by unlocking one stud (4) at
each door. Open control box cover (5) by
unlocking one stud (4).

Remove six screws (6) and lock washers (7)

and lift off bottom cover (8). Reach through
heater case opening (9) and disconnect louver
linkages from louvers.

Remove right-hand louver panel (10) and

left-hand louver panel (11) by unlocking
eight studs (12) at each panel.

4-2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground two capacitors at end
cover of combustion blower housing before preparing for
any test, check, or when disassembling a component. Dis-
connect fuel solenoid before connecting power cable and
turning heater on for tests or checks. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

1. COMBUSTION BLOWER FAILS TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Check for loss of power to combustion blower and housing assembly, Be sure
all electrical connections are secure, Connect volt ohmmeter to expose ends of
capacitors at end of housing. Plug power cable into POWER RECEPTACLE and
move HEATER-OFF-FAN switch quickly from OFF to HEATER to OFF while
observing meter. Meter should indicate at least 110 V ac.

If no power indicated, proceed to step 2.

Step 2. Disconnect yellow and white wires (1 and 2) from combustion blower (3) at
quick disconnect terminals (4 and 5). Check voltage across yellow and white
wires back to PC board for 110 V ac. Place probes of volt ohmmeter in ter-
minals (4 and 5) of PC board wires. Plug power cable into POWER RECEP-
TACLE and move HEATER-OFF-FAN switch quickly from OFF to HEATER to
OFF while observing meter.
Meter should indicate at
least 110 V ac.

4-3
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 3. If motor does not operate or operates slowly, check brushes, commutator, bear-
ings, and fan assemblies.

Clean motor and replace defective parts. Refer to REPAIR BLOWER

MOTOR, page 4-51.

Step 4. Test thermal motor protector at room temperature for continuity. Meter should
indicate zero resistance.

Replace defective protector. Refer to REMOVE/l NSTALL/TEST

THERMAL MOTOR PROTECTOR, page 4-44,

Step 5. Test individual capacitors for continuity. Meter should indicate zero
resistance.

Replace defective capacitors. Refer to REMOVE/l NSTALL/TEST

CAPACITORS, page 4-46.

Step 6. Test blower motor. Refer to DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE/TEST BLOWER

MOTOR, TESTING, page 4-49.

If blower fails to displace at least 15 inches of water, replace blower

motor. Refer to REMOVE/l NSTALL COMBUSTION BLOWER AND
HOUSING, page 4-40.

Step 7. Inspect burner head for combustion deposits clogging air passages. Check con-
dition of internal baffles.

Replace damaged burner head. No repairs, other than cleaning and

replacing gasket, are authorized. Refer to REPAIR BURNER HEAD
ASSEMBLY, page 4-65.

4-4
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. VENTILATING AIR MOTOR FAILS TO OPERATE.

Step 1. Disconnect red wire (1) from ventilating air motor (3) at quick disconnect
terminal (2). Pull boot (4) away from ventilating air motor capacitor (5) and
disconnect white wire (6) from capacitor. Check voltage across red and white
wires back to PC board for 110 V ac. Place probes of volt ohmmeter in con-
tact with terminal (2) of red wire and terminal of white wire. Plug power
cable into POWER RECEPTACLE and move HEATER-OFF-FAN switch quickly
from OFF to HEATER to OFF while observing meter. Meter should indicate
at least 110 V ac.

If no current, check power source and correct if needed. If circuit is

faulty, replace PC board. Refer to REMOVE/l INSTALL PC BOARD
ASSEMBLY, page 4-12.

4-5
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. Test ventilating air motor capacitor, Pull capacitor boot away from end of
capacitor (1 ). Tag and disconnect brown wire (2) and two white wires (3 and
4). Set volt ohmmeter on R x 100. Put one probe against each capacitor
terminal (5 and 6). Meter should indicate infinity. Reverse probes. Reading
should jump to 15,000 ohms and immediately fall back to infinity, If meter
fails to react as described, capacitor is defective.

Replace defective capacitor (1 ). Loosen screw (7) and pull capacitor

out of mounting bracket (8). Slide new capacitor into mounting
bracket, tighten screw, and connect brown wire (2) and two white wires
(3 and 4) to capacitor. Position boot over end of capacitor.

4-6
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

3. VENTILATING AIR MOTOR APPEARS TO SLOW DOWN.

Step 1. Disconnect red wire (1) from ventilating air motor (3) at quick disconnect
terminal (2). Pull boot (4) away from ventilating air motor capacitor (5) and
disconnect white wire (6) from capacitor. Check voltage across red and white
wires back to PC board for 110 V ac. Place probes of volt ohmmeter in
contact with terminal (2) of red wire and terminal of white wire. Plug power
cable into POWER RECEPTACLE and move HEATER-OFF-FAN switch
quickly from OFF to HEATER to OFF while observing meter. Meter should
indicate at least 110 V ac.

If voltage is less than 110 V ac, correct power source.

4-7
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. Test ventilating air motor capacitor. Pull

capacitor boot away from end of capacitor
(1). Tag and disconnect brown wire (2)
and two white wires (3 and 4). Set volt
ohmmeter on R x 100. Put one probe
against each capacitor terminal (5 and 6).
Meter should indicate infinity, Reverse
probes. Reading should jump to 15,000
ohms and immediately fall back to in-
finity, If meter fails to react as described,
capacitor is defective.

Replace defective capacitor (1).

Loosen screw (7) and pull capacitor
out of mounting bracket (8). Slide
new capacitor into mounting bracket,
tighten screw, and connect brown
wire (2) and two white wires (3 and
4) to capacitor. Position boot over
end of capacitor.

Step 3. Test ventilating air motor. Disconnect red wire (1) of motor (2) from red wire
(3) of PC board (4). Connect ac ammeter (5) in series with red wires (1 and
3). Turn HEATER-OFF-FAN switch to FAN. With motor (2) operating
under fan load, current draw shall not exceed 5.4 amperes. Check motor speed
with tachometer. Motor speed should be 2950 rpm at 50 Hz and 3500 rpm at
60 Hz.

If current draw is too high or motor speed is low, and capacitor is good,
replace motor. No repair is authorized. Refer to REMOVE/lNSTALL
VENTILATING AIR MOTOR, page 4-53.

4-8
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

4. HEATER BACKFIRES.

NOTE

Operation of heater with highly volatile fuels can cause per-

colation of fuel. Popping or backfiring occurs as bubbles
pass through fuel jet. Certain types of gasoline can cause
this. If possible, operate heater with another type of fuel
before proceeding.

Step 1. Check heat exchanger insulators

behind burner head adapter ring.
Remove burner head assembly to
gain access to insulators. Refer
to REMOVE/l INSTALL BURNER
HEAD ASSEMBLY, page 4-62.

Replace frayed, torn, or

otherwise damaged insula-
tors. Pull out damaged
insulators and insert new
ones. Insulators are flex-
ible and split to facilitate
installation.

Step 2. Check combustion blower motor operation. If motor appears to run slower than
normal, check brushes, commutator, bearings, and fan assemblies.

Clean motor and replace defective parts. Refer to REPAIR BLOWER

MOTOR, page 4-51.

Step 3. Test blower motor. Refer to DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE/TEST BLOWER

MOTOR, TESTING, page 4-49.

If blower fails to displace at least 15 inches of water, replace blower

motor. Refer to REMOVE/l INSTALL COMBUSTION BLOWER AND
HOUSING, page 4-40.

5. HEATER OPERATES NORMALLY BUT HEAT OUTPUT REDUCED

Remove burner head assembly and visually check inside heat exchanger for excessive
carbon buildup. Refer to REMOVE/l INSTALL BURNER HEAD ASSEMBLY, REMOVAL,
page 4-62.

Clean heat exchanger. Refer to CLEAN/l INSPECT/REPAIR HEAT

EXCHANGER, CLEANING, page 4-72.

4-9
TM 5-4520-253-13

Table 4-1. Intermediate Maintenance Troubleshooting – Continued

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

6. HEATER OPERATES NORMALLY BUT AIR FLOW REDUCED.

Check vertical adjustment of fan blades.

Hold or block motor (1 ) and loosen two screws (2). Adjust motor
vertically in motor mount (3) until one-third of depth of fan blades (4)
projects below flange of opening in exchanger housing bottom panel (5).
Make measurement by eye.

7. HEATER IGNITES BUT RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER REPEATEDLY TRIPS OR HEATER

FAILS TO IGNITE BUT RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER DOES NOT TRIP (FLAME SWITCH
AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY AND RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER GOOD).

Either condition indicates faulty safety shut-down circuit,

Replace PC board. Refer to REMOVE/l INSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY,

page 4-12.

4-10
 TM 54520-253-13

Section II. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

INDEX

Page Page

Blower Motor 4-47 Printed Circuit (PC) Board 4-12

4-51 Assembly 4-26
—
Burner Head Assembly 4-62 Printed Circuit (PC) Board
4-64 Assembly Wiring Receptacle 4-21
Capacitors 4-46 Printed Circuit (PC) Board
Combustion Blower and Housing 4-40 Assembly Wiring Terminals 4-24
Heater Case Assembly 4-33 Shields and Shield Insulator 4-37
4-35 Thermal Motor Protector 4-44
Heat Exchanger 4-67 Ventilating Air Motor 4-53
4-72 4-58
Painted Surfaces 4-39 Ventilating Air Motor Capacitor 4-60

4-2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

Maintenance instructions in this section will list resources required, personnel required, and equipment condition
for the start of the procedure. Note the following:
• Resources required are not listed unless they apply to the procedure.
• Personnel required are listed only if the task requires more than one. If PERSONNEL is not listed, it means one
person can do the task.
• The normal standard equipment condition to start a maintenance task is heater shut down and at room tempera-
ture. EQUIPMENT CONDITION is not listed unless some other condition is required besides power off and
equipment cooled.

4-11
TM 5-4520-253-13

PRINTED CIRCUIT (PC) BOARD ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE I PAGE

Rernove/install PC Board Assembly 4-12

Repair PC Board Assembly Wiring Receptacle 4-21
Repair PC Board Assembly Wiring Terminals 4-24
Repair PC Board Assembly Harness Receptacle and Plug 4-26.1
Test PC Board Assembly 4-26.4

REMOVE/lNSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474
MATERIALS/PARTS: Sealant (Item 10, Appendix E)
GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:
Power off.
Heater cool.

REMOVAL:

Death or serious Injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who Is
trained In electric shock first aid.

Allow suffcient time for heater to cool to room temperature

before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Open control box cover(1), front access door (2), and right side door (3) by unlocking studs (4, 5, and 6)

4-12 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/INSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

2. Disconnect control box harness plug (7) from PC board wiring receptacle (8). Depress locking tabs and pull
receptacle out of mounting hole from inside heater case.
3. Remove four screws (9), lock washers (10), and nuts (11) and lift out EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTA-
CLE (12) from inside heater case. One screw (9), lock washer (10), and nut (11) also attaches dust cap and
chain (13) and ground wire (14). Retain dust cap and chain.
4. Remove four screws (15), lock washers (16), and nuts (17) and lift out POWER RECEPTACLE (18) from
inside heater case. One screw (15), lock washer (16), and nut (17) also attaches dust cap and chain (19) and
ground wire (20). Retain dust cap and chain.

NOTE

For Model UH-68G, PC board assembly may have been

replaced with PC board assembly for Model UH-68G1.

On Model UH-66G1, disconnect PC board assembly harness plug (8A) from receptacle (8 B).

NOTE

Tag all wires as they are disconnected.

On Model UH-68G, disconnect green and blue wires (21 and 22) from fuel solenoid (23). Disconnect orange
wire (24) from carburetor thermostat (25). Disconnect white wire (26) from carburetor heater (27).

Change 2 4-13
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

4-14 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/INSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT

MODEL UH-68C31

Change 2 4-14.1/(4-14.2 blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

6. Locate lower overheat thermostat bracket (28). Remove two screws (29) and lock washers (30),
and lift out bracket and lower overheat thermostat (31).

7. Disconnect red/white and grey wires (32 and 33) from thermostat (31).

8. Pry out grommet (34) and pull wires (32 and 33) through hole in bracket (28).

9. Locate flame switch and bracket assembly (35). Remove two screws (36) and lock washers
(37). Pull flame switch and bracket assembly (35) out of opening in heater bulkhead.

10. Disconnect yellow and grey wires (38 and 39) from upper overheat thermostat (40).

11. Disconnect red and violet wires (41 and 42) from flame switch (43). Disconnect red and brown
wires (44 and 45) from flame switch (46).

12. Pry out grommet (47) and pull wires through opening in flame switch and bracket assembly.

13. Remove screw (48) and lock washer (49) and release wiring from clamp (50).

4-15
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF and remove power cable plug
from POWER RECEPTACLE. Remove electrical charge
from ventilating motor capacitor C3 by shorting out con-
tacts using tool having insulated handle. Always disconnect
power cable before making continuity tests or before re-
pairing heater. Always have another person standing by
who is trained in electric shock first aid.

14. Remove six screws (51 ) and lock washers (52). Lift off bottom cover (53).

15. Reach through heater case opening (54) and disconnect louver linkage from right-hand louver panel
(55) and left-hand louver panel (56). Remove each panel by unlocking eight studs (57).

16. Pry out grommet (58) and carefully pull wires (21, 22, 24, 26, 32, 33, 38, 39, 41, 42, 44, and
45) up through hole in exchanger housing panel.

4-16
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

17. Locate wires of PC board connected to the transformer assembly and ventilating air motor on
the right-hand side of heater. Cut cable ties (59) and discard.

18. Disconnect yellow wire (60) and white wire (61 ) from transformer (62).

19. Disconnect red wire (63) from ventilating air motor (64). Pull boot (65) away from capacitor
(66) and disconnect white wire (67) from capacitor.

20. Locate combustion blower (68) on the

left-hand side of heater. Disconnect
yellow wire (69) and white wire (70)
from combustion blower.

21. Locate PC board on right-hand side of heater. Remove two screws (71) and lock washers (72),
and four screws (73) and lock washers (74). Lift out PC board assembly.

4-17
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

4-18 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/INSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Change 2 4-18.1 /(4-18.2 blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/INSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

lNSTALLATiON:
1. Install PC board using four screws (73) and lock washers (74) and two screws (71) and lock washers (72).
2. Thread wires (21, 22,24,26,32, and 33) down through hole in exchanger housing panel. For Model UH-68G,
thread wires (38, 39,41,42,44, and 45) down through hole in exchanger housing panel. Press grommet (58)
into place.

When connecting wires, always connect like colored wires

to each other, e.g., connect red wire to red wire, white wire
to white wire.

3. Locate oombustion blower (68) on the left-hand side of heater. Connect yellow wire (69) and white wire (70)
to wires of combustion blower.
4. Connect red wire (63) to red wire of ventilating air motor (64). Connect white wire (67) to capacitor (66).
Place boot (65) over terminal of capacitor.
5. Connect yellow wire (60) and white wire (61) to wires of transformer (62).
6. Install new tie wraps (59) as shown.

NOTE

Steps 7 through 14 apply for Model UH-68G only.

7. Thread wires (36, 39,41,42,44, and 45) through opening in flame switch and bracket assembly. Press
grommet (47) into opening.
8. Connect red and violet wires (41 and 42) to flame switch (43). Connect red and brown wires (44 and 45) to
flame switch (46).
9. Connect yellow and grey wires (38 and 39) to upper overheat thermostat (40).
10. Install flame switch and bracket assembly (35) in opening in heater bulkhead. Attach assembly to bulkhead
using two screws (36) and lock washers (37). With screws loosened, adjust flame switch and bracket assem-
bly downward as far as it will go. This seats flame switches ‘(43 and 46) against the heat exchanger. Tighten
screws (36).
11. Thread red/white and grey wires (32 and 33) through hole in bracket (28). Press grommet (34) into hole,
12. Connect red/white and grey wires (32 and 33) to lower overheat thermostat (31 ).
13. Install thermostat (31 ) through mounting hole in heater bulkhead and secure thermostat mounting bracket (28)
using two screws (29) and lock washers (30).
14. Connect green and blue wires (21 and 22) to fuel solenoid (23). Connect orange wire (24) to carburetor ther-
mostat (25). Connect white wire (26) to carburetor heater (27).

Change 2 4-19
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

15. On Model UH-68G1, connect PC board assembly harness plug (8A) to receptacle (8 B).

NOTE

For Model UH-68G, PC board assembly may have been

replaced with PC board assembly and wiring harness for
Model UH-68G1.

16. Install POWER RECEPTACLE (18) inside heater case using four screws (15), lock washers (16), and nuts
(17). Use one screw (15), lock washer (16), and nut (17) to attach dust cap and chain(19) and ground wire
(20).
17. Install EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE (12) inside heater case using four screws (9), lock washers
(10), and nuts (1 1). Use one screw (9), lock washer (10), and nut(11) to attach dust cap and chain (13) and
ground wire (14).
18. Install PC board wiring receptacle (8) inside heater case. Push receptacle trhrough mounting hole until locking
tabs snap into place.
19. Connect control box harness plug (7) to receptacle (8).
20. Install clamp (50) on bundled wires projecting down through grommet (58). Secure clamp to
heater bulkhead using screw (48) and lock washer (49 ) .
21. Close control box cover (1), front access door (2), and right side door (3). Lock studs (4, 5, and 6).
22. Install right-hand louver panel (55) and left-hand louver panel (56), Secure by locking eight studs (57) at each
panel.
23. Reach through heater case opening (54) and connect louver linkage to louver panels (55 and 56).
24. Install bottom cover (53) using six screws (51 ) and lock washers (52).

4-20 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY WIRING RECEPTACLE

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Sealant (Item 10, Appendix E)

Tape (Item 14, Appendix E)
Receptacle
Terminal, male (9)
Tie, cable (as required)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REPAIR:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors Cl and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before repairing
heater. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.
Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-
ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

PC board assembly wires are potted into PC board wiring receptacle. Repair consists of replacing
receptacle. PC board wires are long enough to allow cutting close to receptacle and installing new
receptacle. Proceed as follows:

1. Open control box cover (1) by unlocking stud (2).

2. Remove six screws (3) and lock washers (4). Lift off bottom cover (5).

3. Reach through heater case opening (6) and disconnect louver linkage from right-hand louver
panel (7). Remove panel by unlocking eight studs (8).

4. Disconnect control box harness (9) from PC board wiring receptacle (10). Depress locking tabs
and pull receptacle out of mounting hole from inside heater case.

4-21
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY WIRING RECEPTACLE (CONT)

5. Pull receptacle (10) out of side of heater case. Cut off and discard cable ties (11 ) as needed to
allow access to harness wires (12).

6. Tag wires (12) and cut as close to receptacle (10) as possible. Discard receptacle.

7. Strip 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from end of each wire (12). Crimp male terminal (13)
on each wire.

8. Refer to table 4-2 and push wire terminals (13) into numbered sockets in receptacle (10). Wire
colors and socket numbers must be in accordance with the table.

Table 4-2. Receptacle Wiring Sequence

Wire Color Socket No.

I

Black 1
Brown 2
Red 3
White 4
Yellow 5
Orange 6
Grey 7
Green 8
Not used 9

4-22
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY WIRING RECEPTACLE (CONT)

9. Make potting rim (14) around receptacle (10) using tape. Rim must project beyond receptacle
around wires (12) 1/4 inch ( 6 . 3 5 m m ) o r m o r e . -

10. Fill rim with MI L-A-46106 sealant and allow 8 hours to harden.

11. Install cable ties (11) to replace any removed.

12. Install PC board wiring receptacle (20) from inside heater case. Push receptacle through mounting
hole until locking tabs snap into place. Plug control box harness (9) into receptacle.

13. Install right-hand louver panel (7) by locking eight studs (8).

14. Reach through heater case opening (6) and connect louver linkage to right-hand louver paneI (7).

15. Install bottom cover (5) using six screws (3) and lock washers (4).

16. Close control box cover (1) and lock stud (2).

4-23
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY WIRING TERMINALS

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

3-107 Safety thermostats and flame switch and

bracket assembly removed.

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REPAIR:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors Cl and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Check ring tongue terminals (1) for security, damage, and burning. Replace loose or damaged
terminal. If damaged terminal is still firmly crimped to wire, cut wire close to terminal. Strip
3/8 inch (9.53 mm) of insulation and crimp on new terminal,

2. Check quick disconnect terminals (2) for security, damage, and burning. Be sure terminal makes
firm contact with mating terminal. Replace loose, damaged, or poorly fitting terminals. If
damaged terminal is still firmly crimped to wire, cut wire close to terminal. Strip 3/8 inch
(9.53 mm) of insulation and crimp on new terminal.

3. Check soldered wire ends (3) for weak or broken connections. Resolder where needed. Be sure
1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of good wire is stripped before soldering.

4-24
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY WIRING TERMINALS (CONT)

4. Check female couplers (4) and terminal flag (5) for security, damage, and burning. Be sure terminal makes
firm contact with mating terminal. Replace loose, damaged, or poorly fitting terminals. If damaged terminal is
still firmly crimped to wire, cut wire close to terminal. Strip 3/8 inch (9.53 mm) of insulation and crimp on new
terminal.
5. Check receptacle (6) for loose wires. Check potting for security. Check receptacle sockets for signs of burn-
ing or other damage to male terminals (7). If receptacle is defective, refer to REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEM-
BLY WIRING RECEPTACLE, REPAIR, page 4-21, and replace.
6. For Model UH-68G1, check plug (8) for loose wires. Check potting for security. Check plug sockets for signs
of burning or other damage to female terminals (9). If plug is defective, refer to REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEM-
BLY HARNESS RECEPTACLE AND PLUG, page 4-26.2, and replace.

Change 2 4-25
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY WIRING TERMINALS (CONT)

7. For ModeI UH-68G1, check receptacle (10) for loose wires. Check potting for security. Check receptacle
sockets for signs of burning or other damage to male terminals (11). If receptacle is defective, refer to
REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY HARNESS RECEPTACLE AND PLUG, page 4-26.1, and replace.

NOTE

For Model UH-68G, PC board assembly may have been

replaced with PC board assembly and wiring harness for
Model UH-68G1.

4-26 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY HARNESS RECEPTACLE AND PLUG

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474
MATERIALS/PARTS: Sealant (Item 10, Appendix E)
Tape (Item 14, Appendix E)
Printed circuit board assembly harness plug
Printed circuit board assembly harness receptacle
Terminal, female (9)
Terminal, male (4)
GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:
Power off.
Heater cool.

REPAIR:

Death or serious lnjury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors Cl and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.
Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room temperature
before gaining access to heater compartments.

PC board assembly harness wires are potted into PC board assembly harness receptacle and plug, Repair con-
sists of replacing receptacle and plug. PC board assembil harness wires are long enough to allow cutting close to
receptacle and plug and installing new receptacle and plug. Proceed as follows:

NOTE

For Model UH-68G, PC board assembly may have been

replaced with PC board assembly and wiring harness for
Model UH-8G1.

1. Repair receptacle as follows:

a. Pull receptacle (1) out of side of heater case.
b. Cut off and discard cable ties (2) as needed to allow access to harness wires (3).
c. Tag wires (3) and cut as close to receptacle (1) as possible. Discard receptacle.
d. Strip 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from end of each wire (3). Crimp female terminal (4) on each wire.

Change 2 4-26.1
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY HARNESS RECEPTACLE AND PLUG (CONT)

e. Refer to table 4-2.1 and push female terminals (4) into numbered sockets in
r e c e p t a c l e ( 1 ) . Wire colors and socket numbers must be in accordance with
the table.

Table4-2.1 Harness Receptacle Wlrlng Sequence

Wlre Color Socket No.
Blue 1
White 2
Red 3
Violet 4
Yellow 5
Red/White 6
Orange 7
Green 8
Brown 9
f. Install cable ties (2) to replace any removed.

2. Repair plug as follows:

a. Pull plug (6) out of side of heater case.
b. Cut off and discard cable ties (7) as needed to allow access to harness wires (8).
c. Tag wires (8) and cut as close to plug (6) as possible. Discard plug.
d. Strip 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) of insulation from end of each wire (8). Crimp male terminal (9) on each wire.

4-26.2 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PC BOARD ASSEMBLY HARNESS RECEPTACLE AND PLUG (CONT)

e. Refer to table 4-2.2 and push male terminals (9) into numbered sockets in plug (6). Wire colors
and socket numbers must be in accordance with the table.

Table 4-2.2 Harness Plug Wiring Sequence

Wire Color Socket No.
Blue 1
White 2
Red 3
Violet 4
Yellow 5
Red/White 6
Orange 7
Green 8
Brown 9
f. Install cable ties (7) to replace any removed.

Change 2 4-26.3
TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST PC BOARD A S S E M B L Y

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit
NSN 5180-00-596-1474
REFERENCES:
Page 3-107 lnspect/West/Remove/install Safety Thermostats and
Flame Switch and Bracket Assembly, Removal
GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:
Power off.
Heater cool.
PREPARATION FOR TESTING:

Death or serious Injury could occur If precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who Is
trained in electric shock first aid.
Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-
tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.
Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room temperature
before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws(1) and lock washers (2). Lift off bottom cover (3).
2. Reach through heater case opening (4) and disconnect buyer linkage from louvers of right-hand louver panel
(5) and left-hand louver panel (6).
3. Remove right-hand louver panel (5) and left-hand louver panel (6) by unlocking eight studs (7) at each panel.
4. Open right heater case door (8) by unlocking stud (9). Open front access door (1 O) by unlocking stud (1 1 ).
Open control box cover (12) by unlocking stud (13).

4-26.4 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

5. Before testing PC board assembly, follow troubleshooting and maintenance/testing procedures for
component involved. Be sure fault is not in component or wiring to component.

6. Be sure control box harness is not faulty before testing circuits of control box components.
Refer to INSPECT CONTROL BOX WIRING HARNESS, page 3-45.

7. Disconnect unsoldered wires before testing.

TESTING:

1, Tests for PC board assembly are contained in table 4-3. Table has six columns providing infor-
mation necessary to perform each test, as follows:

a, Column (1) - Component Circuit. Identifies circuit to be tested.

b. Column (2) - Heater Mode. Describes condition of heater for testing named circuit.

c. Column (3) - Test For/Meter Setting. Describes proper setting of volt ohmmeter.

d. Columns (4 and 5) - Probe No. 1 and probe No. 2. Explains where each probe is placed.
Probe numbers are arbitrary. Either probe may be placed at either position.

e. Column (6) - Meter Indication. What meter will show if circuit is good. Failure to achieve
indication means circuit is faulty.

2. No repair to PC board is authorized. If testing indicates faulty circuit, replace PC board

assembly.

4-27
TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Table 4-3. PC Board Testing

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Test For/ Meter
Meter Probe Probe Indi-
Component Circuit Heater Mode Setting No. 1 No. 2 cation

CIRCUIT BREAKER Power Cable: Voltage Black Wire Ground 110Vac

Plugged (1)

CIRCUIT BREAKER Power Cable: Voltage Brown Wires Ground 110Vac

Plugged (2, 3)

RESET Circuit Power Cable: Resistance Violet Wires Yellow Wires Zero re-
Breaker Unplugged Rx1 (4, 5) (6, 7) sistance

RESET Circuit Power Cable: Resistance Grey Wire Yellow Wires 650
Breaker Unplugged Rx10 (8) (6, 7) Ohms

ROOM THERMO Power Cable: Voltage Orange Wire Violet Wire 110Vac
Receptacle Plugged (9) (5)
Terminal A Terminal C

HEATER-OFF-FAN Power Cable: Ground 110Vac

Switch: OFF Plugged

HEATER-OFF-FAN Power Cable: Ground 110Vac

Switch: FAN Plugged

HEATER-OFF-FAN Power Cable: Voltage Orange Wires Ground 110Vac

Switch: HEATER Plugged (9,11,12)

HEATER-OFF-FAN Power Cable: Voltage Red Wire Ground Zero V ac

Switch: OFF Plugged (lo)

HEATER-OFF-FAN Power Cable: Voltage Orange Wires Ground Zero V ac

Switch: OFF Plugged (9,11,12)

HEAT Indicator Power Cable: Voltage Orange Wire White Wire 110Vac
Light (White) Plugged (12) (13)

FAULT Indicator Power Cable: Voltage Violet Wire Yellow Wire 110Vac
Light (Red) I Plugged (4) (7)
HEATER-OFF-
FAN Switch:
HEATER
Heater in
FAULT mode.
(To cause
FAULT mode,
disconnect fuel
solenoid.)

4-28 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Change 2 4-29
TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Table 4-3. PC Board Testing – Continued

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5} (6)

Test For/ Meter
Meter Probe Probe indi-
Component Circuit Heater Mode Setting NC. 1 No. 2 cation

Disconnect fuel solenoid before performing following tests to

prevent fuel flow to burner and ignition. Set probes before
turning HEATER-OFF-FAN switch to HEATER.

EXTERNAL FUEL Power Cable: Voltage Blue Wire Green Wire 28 V dc

PUMP RECEP- Plugged (14) (15)
TACLE HEATER-OFF Terminal A Terminal B
FAN Switch:
HEATER

Carburetor Power Cable: Voltaqe Orange Wire White Wire 110 V ac

Heater/Carburetor Plugged (16) (17)
Thermostat HEATER-OFF-
FAN Switch:
HEATER

NOTE

Refer to lNSPECT/TEST/REMOVE/lNSTALL SAFETY

THERMOSTATS AND FLAME SWITCH AND BRACKET
ASSEMBLY, REMOVAL, page 3-105, to gain access to
thermostat wires.

Flame Switch and Power Cable: Voltage Brown Wire Red Wire 110 V ac
Bracket Assembly Plugged (18) (19)
HEATER-OFF
FAN Switch:
HEATER

Flame Switch and Power Cable: Voltage Violet Wire Red Wire Zero
Bracket Assembly Plugged (20) (21) Reading
HEATER-OFF
FAN Switch:
HEATER

Upper Thermostat Power Cable: Voltage Yellow Wire Any White 110 V ac
(Fan Side) Plugged (22) Wire or
HEATER-OFF Terminal
FAN Switch: Connector
HEATER

4-30
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Change 2 4-31
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

4-32 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST PC BOARD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Table 4-3. PC Board Testing – Continued

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Test For/ Meter
Meter Probe Probe
Indi-
Component Circuit Heater Mode Setting No. 1 No.2 cation

Upper Thermostat Power Cable: Voltage Grey Wire Any White 110 V ac
(Fan Side) Plugged (23) Wire or
HEATER-OFF- Terminal
FAN Switch: Connector
HEATER

Lower Thermostat Power Cable: Voltage Grey Wire Any White 110 V ac
(Discharge Side) Plugged (24) Wire or
HEATER-OFF- Terminal
FAN Switch: Connector
HEATER

Lower Thermostat Power Cable: Voltage Red/White Any White 110 V ac

(Discharge Side) Plugged Wire (25) Wire or
HEATER-OFF- Terminal
FAN Switch: Connector
HEATER

Fuel Solenoid Power Cable: Voltage Blue Wire Green Wire

Plugged 28 V dc
(26) (27)
HEATER-OFF
FAN Switch:
HEATER

Ventilating Air Power Cable: Voltage White Wire Red Wire 110 V ac
Motor Plugged (From PC (29)
HEATER-OFF- Board)
FAN Switch: (28)
HEATER

Combustion Blower Power Cable: Voltage White Wire Yellow Wire 110 V ac
Plugged (30) (31)
HEATER-OFF-
FAN Switch:
HEATER

Transformer Power Cable: Voltage White Wire Yellow Wire 110 V ac

Plugged (32) (33)
HEATER-OFF-
FAN Switch:
HEATER

Change 2 4-32.1/(4-32.2 blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13

HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY REPAIR PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE

Disassemble/Assemble Heater Case Assembly 4-33

General Repair Heater Case Assembly 4-35
Remove/Install Shields and Shield Insulator 4-37
Repair Painted Surfaces 4-39

DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

3-38 Control box assembly removed.

4-12 Printed circuit (PC) board assembly removed.
3-78 Doors removed.
3-87 Fuel lines and fittings removed.
3-91 Fuel filter removed.
4-40 Combustion blower removed.
4-53 Ventilating air motor removed.
3-107 Safety thermostats and thermocouple removed.
4-62 Burner head assembly removed.
3-110 Ignition transformer and cable removed.
4-67 Heat exchanger removed.

DISASSEMBLY:

1. Force grommet (1) out of hole in exchanger housing panel. If grommet is cracked, worn, or
damaged, replace.

2. Remove one screw (2) and two lock washers (3) and lift off ground strap (4). If ground strap
is torn, badly corroded, or has loose terminal, replace.

3. Remove three screws (5) and lock washers (6) at front of heater and lift off front mounting
bracket (7).

4. Remove four screws (8) and lock washers (9) at rear of heater and lift off rear mounting
bracket (10).

4-33
TM 5-4520-253-13

DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY (CONT)

5. Remove four screws (11) and lock washers (12) and lift off front handle plate (13) and handle
(14). Remove four screws (15) and lock washers (16) and lift off rear handle plate (17) and
handle (18).

6. Remove five screws (19) and lock washers (20) and lift out bulkhead (21).

7. Remove four screws (22) and lock washers (23) and lift out PC board mounting plate (24).

ASSEMBLY:

1. Install PC board mounting plate (24) using four screws (22) and lock washers (23).

2. Install bulkhead (21) using five screws (19} and lock washers (20).

3. Install rear handle (18) and handle plate (17) using four screws (15) and lock washers (16).
Install front handle (14) and handle plate (13) using four screws (11) and lock washers (12).
Mount handle plates with widest dimension toward top of heater to protect hands when carrying
heater.

4. Install rear mounting bracket (10) using four screws (8) and lock washers (9).

5. Install front mounting bracket (7) using three screws (5) and lock washers (6).

6. Install ground strap (4) and complete installation of front mounting bracket (7) using one screw
(2) and two lock washers (3).

7. Install grommet (1) in hole in exchanger housing panel.

4-34
 TM 5-4520-253-13

GENERAL REPAIR HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

3-38 Control box assembly removed.

4-12 Printed circuit (PC) board assembly removed.
3-78 Doors removed.
3-87 Fuel lines and fittings removed.
3-91 Fuel filter removed.
4-40 Combustion blower removed.
4-53 VentiIating air motor removed.
3-107 Safety thermostats and thermocouple removed.
4-62 Burner head assembly removed.
3-110 Ignition transformer and cable removed.
4-67 Heat exchanger removed.

REPAIR:

1. Replace damaged and missing stud recep-

tacles (1). Receptacles can be removed
and installed manually without use of
tools.

2. Replace damaged and missing hardware.

3. Check identification plate (2) for security,

If blind rivets are loose, drill out from
outside heater case and install new rivets.

NOTE

Identification plate (2) is normally never completely re-

moved. If removed, same identification plate must be
installed.

4. Check EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP RECEPTACLE label (3) and POWER RECEPTACLE label (4)
for legibility and security. If unreadable, replace.

4-35
TM 5-4520-253-13

GENERAL REPAIR HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY (CONT)

5. If label has partially peeled, press back in place. Replace labels which will not stick firmly to
surface. Proceed as follows:

a. Peel off defective label.

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59° C).

b. Use rag dampened with P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent to clean off old adhesive, dirt, and
grease or oil. Allow surface to air dry.

c. Carefully apply appropriate pressure sensitive label.

d. Straighten bends and hammer out dents which interfere with mounting or operation of heater
or its components. Replace removable parts of heater case assembly if badly damaged or
distorted.

e. Be sure grounding strap is fastened securely to one of mounting brackets.

4-36
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL SHIELDS AND SHIELD INSULATOR

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Rivet, Pop (11)

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

3-38 Control box assembly removed.

4-12 Printed circuit (PC) board assembly removed.
3-78 Doors removed.
3-87 Fuel lines and fittings removed.
3-91 Fuel filter removed.
4-40 Combustion blower removed.
4-53 Ventilating air motor removed.
3-107 Safety thermostats and thermocouple removed.
4-62 Burner head assembly removed.
3-110 Ignition transformer and cable removed.
4-67 Heat exchanger removed.

REMOVAL:

1. TO remove two heater case shields (1) from heater case side panels (2), drill out two rivets (3) at
each shield. Lift out two shield retainers (4) with each shield.

2. To remove rear cover shield (5), drill out four rivets (6). Lift off two support straps (7) with
shield.

3. To remove shield insulator (8) from exchanger housing shield (9) of the heater case assembly,
remove three rivets (10), one screw (11), and lock washer (12). Lift out two support straps (13
and 14) with shield insulator.

INSTALLATION:

NOTE

Install shields (1 and 5) and shield insulator (8) with foil

side facing inwardly toward heat exchanger.

1. Install shield insulator (8) on inside of exchanger housing shield (9) using two support straps
(13 and 14), three rivets (10), one screw (11), and lock washer (12).

4-37
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL SHIELDS AND SHIELD INSULATOR (CONT)

2. Install rear cover shield (5) using two support straps (7) and four rivets (6).

3. Install heater case shields (1) to inside of heater case side panels (2). Use two shield retainers (4)
and two rivets (3) at each shield.

4-38
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR PAINTED SURFACES

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Enamel, alkyd, camouflage (Item 3, Appendix E)

REFERENCES:

TT-P-636 Primer Coating, Alkyd, Wood and Ferrous Metal

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

3-38 Control box assembly removed.

4-12 Printed circuit (PC) board assembly removed.
3-78 Doors removed.
3-87 Fuel lines and fittings removed.
3-91 Fuel filter removed.
4-40 Combustion blower removed.
4-53 Ventilating air motor removed.
3-107 Safety thermostats and thermocouple removed.
4-62 Burner head assembly removed.
3-110 Ignition transformer and cable removed.
4-67 Heat exchanger removed.

REPAIR:

1. Provide the following conditions for painting:

a. Be sure all surfaces are free of soil, impurities or corrosion, such as grease, oil, solder flux, welding
flux, sand, rust scale, or other foreign matter.

b. Clean rusted areas to bare metal using sandpaper, wire brush, steel wool, or other abrasive
material, Wipe clean. Surface must be dry.

c. Provide dry, well-ventilated, dust free area.

d. Ambient temperature shall be not less than 50° F (10° C). Relative humidity shall not be over
65 percent.

e. Paint and surface shall be approximately same temperature.

f. All painting equipment shall be free of moisture just prior to painting.

g. All materials shall be thoroughly mixed, There shall be no separation of materials during painting
operations.

2. After surface preparation has been completed, apply primer coating in accordance with TT-P-636 as
promptly as possible, and in any case within 24 hours.

3. Allow primer coating to dry thoroughly before applying topcoat.

4. Apply topcoat in accordance with Ml L-E-52798 by spraying, dipping, or brushing.

4-39
TM 5-4520-253-13

ELECTRICAL PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE

Remove/Install Combustion Blower and Housing 4-40

Remove/lnstall/Test Thermal Motor Protector 4-44
Remove/lnstalI/Test Capacitors 4-46
Disassemble/Assemble/Test Blower Motor 4-47
Repair Blower Motor 4-51
Remove/Install Ventilating Air Motor 4-53
Test Ventilating Air Motor 4-58
Test Ventilating Air Motor Capacitor 4-60

REMOVE/lNSTALL COMBUSTION BLOWER AND HOUSING

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Solder gun kit

NSN 3439-00-930-1638

MATERIALS/PARTS: Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2) and lift off bottom cover (3).

4-40
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/INSTALL COMBUSTION BLOWER AND HOUSING (CONT)

2. Reach through heater case opening (4) and disconnect louver linkage from louvers of left-hand
louver panel (5).

3. Remove left-hand louver panel (5) by unlocking eight studs (6). Open left heater case door by
unlocking stud (7).

4. Remove screw (8) and lock washer (9). Lift out support tube (10).

5. Loosen hose clamp (11) and pull off blower air duct (12).

6. Disconnect yellow wire (13) and white wire (14) from yellow and white wires of printed circuit
(PC) board assembly.

7. Remove four screws with lock washers (15) and lift out combustion blower and housing assem-
bly (16).

8. Remove four screws (17) and lock washers (18) and PullI blower housing cover (19) away from
blower housing (20). Unsolder wires (21 and 22) from terminals of capacitors (23).

9. Remove four screws (24) and lock washers (25). Pull blower motor (26) and blower support (27)
out of blower housing (20).

10. Remove four screws (28) and lock washers (29) and separate blower motor (26) from blower
support (27).

4-41
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL COMBUSTION BLOWER AND HOUSING (CONT)

4-42
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/INSTALL COMBUSTION BLOWER AND HOUSING (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

1. Install blower motor (26) on blower support (27) using four screws (28) and lock washers (29).

2. Insert blower motor (26) and blower support (27) into blower housing (20). Secure with four
screws (24) and lock washers (25).

3. Solder wires (21 and 22) to terminals of capacitors (23). Install cover (19) on housing (20)
using four screws (17) and lock washers (18).

4. Install combustion blower and housing assembly (16) in heater case using four screws with lock
washers (15).

5. Connect yellow wire (13) and white wire (14) to yellow and white wires of PC board assembly.

6. Install upper end of air duct (12) and secure with hose clamp (11).

7. Install support tube (10) and secure with screw (8) and lock washer (9).

8. Install left-hand louver panel (5) and lock eight studs (6). Close left heater case door and lock
stud (7).

9. Reach through heater case opening (4) and connect louver linkage to louvers of left-hand louver
panel (5).

10. Install bottom cover (3) using six screws (1) and lock washers (2).

4-43
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST THERMAL MOTOR PROTECTOR

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Sealant (Item 10, Appendix E)

Butt connector (2)
Cable tie (2)

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

4-40 Combustion blower and housing removed.

REMOVAL:

Be careful to avoid damage to the field coil when cutting

away silicone seal and cable ties.

1. Carefully slice off silicone seal and cut two cable ties (1) holding thermal motor protector (2).

2. Disconnect wires (3 and 4) from motor protector leads (5) by removing butt connectors (6).
Discard butt connectors.

4-44
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST THERMAL MOTOR PROTECTOR (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

1. Connect leads (5) of motor protector (2) to wires (3 and 4) using new butt connectors (6).

2. Attach motor protector (2) to field coil (7) using two new cable ties (1).

3. Completely encase motor protector (2) and cable ties (1) with MlL-A-46106 sealant. Allow
sealant eight hours to harden.

TESTING:

1. Disconnect thermal motor protector leads (5). Test at room temperature using volt ohmmeter.

2. With probes contacting motor protector leads (5), meter should read zero resistance. If meter
indicates resistance, replace motor protector (2).

4-45
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL/TEST CAPACITORS

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

Solder gun kit

NSN 3439-00-930-1638

MATERIALS/PARTS: Solder (Item 12, Appendix E)

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

4-40 Combustion blower and housing removed.

REMOVAL:

1. Unsolder yellow wire (1) and white wire (2) from ter-
minals of capacitors (3).

2. Remove nut (4) and lock washer (5) from each

capacitor (3). Lift out capacitors.

INSTALLATION:

1. Install each capacitor (3) in mounting hole (6) with

threaded terminal projecting outside cover (7).
Secure each capacitor using nut (4) and lock
washer (5).

2. Solder yellow wire (1) and white wire (2) to terminals

of capacitors (3) as shown.

TESTING:

For test purposes, it is not necessary to unsolder wires (1

and 2) and remove capacitors from cover (7). Test as
follows:

1. Use volt ohmmeter and test each capacitor for con-

tinuity by placing one probe in the wire connector
and the other probe against the opposite end termi-
nal of the capacitor, If capacitor has been removed,
place probes on the end terminals of capacitor. Meter should read zero resistance. If meter reading
is infinity, replace capacitor.

2. Using volt ohmmeter, place one probe against capacitor body and other probe against capacitor end
terminal. Test each capacitor separately. Meter should read infinity. If meter does not show
infinite resistance, replace capacitor.

4-46
 TM 5-4520-253-13

DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE/TEST BLOWER MOTOR

TEST EQUIPMENT:

Rubber hose, 1/4-inch ID, 36-inch length

Needle, inflating, football
Jar or glass, tall (at least 16-inch water capacity)

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

REFERENCES:

Page 4-40 Remove/Install Combustion Blower and Housing

Page 4-51 Repair Blower Motor

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

4-40 Combustion blower and housing removed.

DISASSEMBLY:

1. Remove one screw (1) at each of two brush assemblies (2).

2. Move brush assemblies (2) to one side and remove two field screws (3). Remove frame cap (4)
and pry out loading spring (5).

3. Remove nut (6) and flat washer (7). Pull out armature (8) and field (9). Do not remove ball
bearings (10 and 11) from armature shaft except to replace.

NOTE

Do not disassemble items 12 thru 18 unless there is reason

to believe the fan assembly is defective.

4. Pry off skeleton housing (12). Separate spacer (13), fan assembly (14), spacer spool (15), upper
chamber (16), fan assembly (17), and lower chamber (18).

4-47
 TM 5-4520-253-13

DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE/TEST BLOWER MOTOR (CONT)

4-48
 TM 5-4520-253-13

DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE/TEST BLOWER MOTOR (CONT)

ASSEMBLY:

1. Assemble following parts in order given:

a. lower chamber (18)

b. fan assembly (17)

c. upper chamber (16)

d. spacer spool (15)

e. fan assembly (14)

f. spacer (13)

2. Press skeleton housing (12) in place on parts assembled in step 1.

3. Install armature (8).

4. Hold armature and install flat washer (7) and nut (6). Torque nut to 40.00 in. lb (4.52 N•m).

5. Install loading spring (5).

6. Install field (9) and frame cap (4) using two field screws (3).

7. Install two brush assemblies (2) using screws (1).

TESTING:

1. Assemble 36-inch length of 1 /4-inch ID rubber hose, football inflating needle, and jar or glass
containing at least 16 inches of water. Insert needle into one end of rubber hose.

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
at end cover of combustion blower. Always have another
person standing by who is trained in electric shock first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

2. Open front access door (1) by unlocking stud (2).

4-49
TM 5-4520-253-13

DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE/TEST BLOWER MOTOR (CONT)

Be sure fuel to burner head is shut off during this test.

3. Disconnect fuel pump plug at EXTERNAL FUEL PUMP. RECEPTACLE (3).

4. Disconnect fuel solenoid (4).

5. Connect power cable to POWER RECEPTACLE (5).

6. Push inflating needle into combustion blower air duct (6) between blower and burner head
assembly (7).

7. Turn HEATER-OFF-FAN switch to HEATER. Allow blower to attain full speed.

8. Put end of hose in water. Push hose deeper under surface until bubbling just stops. Measure
length of hose that is submerged, This length must be at least 15 inches. If length is less than
15 inches, repair or replace blower motor. Refer to REMOVE/lNSTALL COMBUSTION
BLOWER AND HOUSING, page 4-40, and REPAIR BLOWER MOTOR, following this task.

4-50
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR BLOWER MOTOR

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474
Puller, bearing

MATERIALS/PARTS:

Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

Sandpaper (Item 9, Appendix E)

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

4-47 Blower motor disassembled.

REPAIR:

Repair of the blower motor consists of cleaning electrical and nonelectrical parts and replacing defec-
tive parts. Proceed as follows:

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59°C).

1. Wipe electrical parts with cloth dampened with P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent. Allow to dry.

2. Immerse nonelectrical parts in P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent. Wipe thoroughly and allow to dry.

NOTE

Brushes are designed to last minimum of 200 hours of oper-

ation.

3. Check brushes for cracks, chips, wear, or scoring. If brushes are worn or otherwise damaged,
replace brush assemblies (1).

4-51
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR BLOWER MOTOR (CONT)

4. Check commutator (2). Replace armature (3) and bearings (4 and 5) if commutator is scored or
badly burned. If commutator is lightly scored or dirty, clean with fine sandpaper.

5. Slowly rotate bearings (4 and 5) by hand. If roughness is noted in either bearing, pull both
bearings and press on new bearings.

6. Check fan assemblies (6 and 7) for bent or damaged parts. Replace defective fan assemblies.

4-52
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL VENTILATING AIR MOTOR

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers

(2) and lift off bottom cover (3).

2. Reach through heater case opening (4)

and disconnect louver linkages from
louvers.

3. Remove right-hand and left-hand louver

panels (5 and 6) by unlocking eight studs
(7).

4-53
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL VENTILATING AIR MOTOR (CONT)

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER.
OFF-FAN switch to OFF and remove power cable plug
from POWER RECEPTACLE. Remove electrical charge
from ventilating motor capacitor C3 by shorting out con-
tacts using tool having insulated handle. Always disconnect
power cable before making continuity tests or before re-
pairing heater. Always have another person standing by
who is trained in electric shock first aid.

4. Disconnect red wire (8) of ventilating air

motor (9) from red wire of PC board.

5. Tag and disconnect white wire (10) from

capacitor (11).

6. Tag and disconnect brown wire (12) and

white wire (13) of motor (9) from capacitor
(11). Remove wires (10, 12, and 13) from
capacitor boot (14).

7. Remove four screws (15), lock washers (16), and flat washers (17) and lift out assembled
ventilating air motor (9) and motor mount (18).

8. Remove screw (19), lock washer (20), and nut (21 ) and lift off capacitor (11). This step also dis-
connects one end of ground strap (22). To disconnect opposite end, remove nut (23) and lock
washer (24).

9. To remove capacitor (11) from mounting bracket (25), loosen screw (26), and slide capacitor out
endwise.

10. Remove screw (27), lock washer (28), and nut (29). Separate halves of motor mount (18).

11. Loosen set screws (30) and remove fan blades (31).

12. Motor cushion (32) can be removed by sliding off end of motor (9) in direction away from motor
wires.

Do not remove butt connector (34).

13. If butt connector (34) is accidentally loosened or removed, reconnect wires (35 and 36) using
new butt connector.

4-54
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL VENTILATING AIR MOTOR (CONT)

4-55
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL VENTILATING AIR MOTOR (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

1. If motor cushion (32) was removed, slide onto ventilating air motor (9) from end opposite
motor wires.

2. Install fan blades (31) and secure with set screws (30). Motor shaft (33) is Provided with recesses
which must be aligned with ends of set screws before tightening. When set screws are seated in
recesses, fan blades are in proper position on motor shaft.

3. Install capacitor (11) in mounting bracket (25) and tighten screw (26).

4. Loosely connect halves of motor mount (18) on one side using screw (27), lock washer (28),
and nut (29).

5. Place motor (9) in gripping portion of motor mount (18) with fan blades (31) facing down. Insert
screw (19) through one terminal of ground strap (22), hole in mounting bracket (25), and holes
in halves of motor mount (18). Complete attachment using lock washer (20) and nut (21).

6. Tighten screws (19 and 27) enough to hold motor (9). Secure opposite end of ground strap (22)
using lock washer (24) and nut (23).

7. Install assembled motor (9) and motor mount (18) using four screws (15), lock washers (16), and
flat washers (17). Do not tighten screws.

Ventilating air motor fan blades must be centered in flanged

opening in exchanger housing bottom panel.

8. With screws (15) loose, motor (9) can be adjusted horizontally. Adjust motor until fan blades are
centered in opening in exchanger housing bottom panel. Make adjustment by eye. Tighten four
screws (15).

9. Adjust motor (9) vertically in

motor mount (18) until one-
third of depth of fan blades (31)
projects below flange of opening
in exchanger housing bottom
panel. Make measurement by
eye, Tighten screws (19 and
27).

4-56
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL VENTILATING AIR MOTOR (CONT)

10. Project brown wire (12) and white wire (13) of motor (9), and white wire (10), through openings
in capacitor boot (14). Connect wires to capacitor (11) as illustrated.

11. Connect red wire (8) to red wire of PC board.

12. Install right-hand and left-hand louver paneIs (5 and 6). Secure each panel by locking eight
studs (7).

13. Reach through heater case opening (4) and connect louver linkages to louvers

14. Install bottom cover (3) using six screws (1) and lock washers (2).

4-57
TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST VENTILATING AIR MOTOR

TEST EQUIPMENT:

AC ammeter
Tachometer, strobotac

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

TESTING:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-

tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2) and

lift off bottom cover (3).

2. Reach through heater case opening (4) and dis-

connect louver linkage from louvers of right-
hand louver panel (5).

3. Remove right-hand louver panel (5) by un-

locking eight studs (6).

4-58
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST VENTILATING AIR MOTOR (CONT)

4. Disconnect red wire (7) of ventilating air motor (8) from red wire (9) of PC board (10).

5. Connect ac ammeter (11) in series with red wires (7 and 9).

6. Plug in power cable at POWER RECEPTACLE and position HEATER-OFF-FAN switch to FAN.

7. With motor (8) operating under fan load, current draw shall not exceed 5.4 amperes.

8. Use tachometer to check motor speed. Motor speed should be 2950 rpm at 50 Hz and 3500
rpm at 60 Hz.

9. If current draw is too high or motor speed is too low, test motor capacitor (12) in accordance
with TEST VENTILATING AIR MOTOR CAPACITOR, TESTING, page 4-60. If capacitor is
good and motor (8) still does not meet requirements, replace motor. No repair is authorized.

10. If motor (8) does not start when HEATER-OFF-FAN switch is turned to FAN, use tool and
manually spin fan blades. If motor starts, replace capacitor and then follow above testing
procedure.

4-59
TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST VENTILATING AIR MOTOR CAPACITOR

TEST EQUIPMENT: Volt ohmmeter

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

TESTING:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always disconnect power cable before making con-
tinuity tests or before repairing heater. Always have
another person standing by who is trained in electric shock
first aid.
Remove electrical charge from ventilating air motor capaci-
tor C3 by shorting out contacts using tool having insulated
handle.
Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-
ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Remove six screws (1) and lock washers (2) and lift off bottom cover (3).

4-60
 TM 5-4520-253-13

TEST VENTILATING AIR MOTOR CAPACITOR (CONT)

2. Reach through heater case opening (4) and disconnect louver linkage from louvers of right-hand
louver panel (5).

3. Remove right-hand louver panel (5) by unlocking eight studs (6).

4. Pull capacitor boot away from end of capacitor (7). Tag and disconnect brown wire (8) and two
white wires (9 and 10).

5. Set volt ohmmeter on R x 100.

6. Put one probe against each capacitor terminal (11 and 12). Meter should show a reading of
infinity.

7. Reverse the probes on the terminals. Reading should jump to 15,000 ohms and immediately
fall back to infinity.

8. If meter fails to react as described, capacitor is defective. Replace.

4-61
TM 5-4520-253-13

BURNER HEAD ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES INDEX

PROCEDURE PAGE

Remove/Install Burner Head Assembly 4-62

Repair Burner Head Assembly 4-65

REMOVE/lNSTALL BURNER HEAD ASSEMBLY

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

REFERENCES:

Page 4-95 Inspect/Service/Ad just/Remove/Install Carburetor, Removal

Page 4-96 Inspect/Service/Ad just/Remove/install Carburetor, Installation

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Close shutoff valve at fuel container.

2. Open side heater case door and front access door.

4-62
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL BURNER HEAD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefully. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel con-
tainers. Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT
SMOKE.

3. Remove four screws (1) and lock washers (2). Pull off carburetor (3) and move out of the way.
Small amount of fuel may be spilled during this procedure. For complete removal of carburetor,
refer to lNSPECT/SERVICE/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL CARBURETOR, REMOVAL,
page 4-95.

4. Disconnect ignition cable (4) from igniter assembly (5). Remove igniter assembly from burner
head assembly (6).

5. Loosen hose clamp (7) and disconnect combustion blower air duct (8) from burner head assem-
bly (6).

6. Remove five screws (9) and pressure pads (10) and lift out burner head assembly (6). Gasket (11)
may stick to flange of burner head assembly. If gasket is not damaged, it may be reused.

4-63
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL BURNER HEAD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

Do not tighten burner head mounting screws (9) until all

screws are loosely installed. Follow tightening instructions
exactly.

1. Loosely install burner head assembly (6) and gasket (11) using five screws (9) and pressure pads
(10). Assembled parts should barely touch.

2. Tighten every other screw (9) around flange of burner head assembly (6) to 15.0 to 25.0 in. lb
(1.7 to 2.8 N•m) of torque until all screws have been tightened.

3. Tighten every other screw (9) around flange of burner head assembly (6) to 50.0 to 60.0 in. lb
(5.7 to 6.8 N•m) of torque until all screws have been tightened.

4. Connect combustion blower air duct (8) to burner head assembly (6) using hose clamp (7).
Tighten hose clamp firmly.

5. Install igniter assembly (5) in burner head assembly (6). Connect ignition cable (4) to igniter
assembly.

6. Install carburetor (3) on burner head assembly (6) using four screws (1) and lock washers (2). If
carburetor was completely removed, refer to lNSPECT/SERVICE/ADJUST/REMOVE/lNSTALL
CARBURETOR, INSTALLATION, page 4-96.

7. Close and lock side heater case doors and front access door.

8. If heater is to be operated, open shutoff valve at fuel container.

4-64
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR BURNER HEAD ASSEMBLY

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

4-62 Burner head assembly removed.

REPAIR:

Repair consists primarily of cleaning burner head assembly and replacing burner head gasket. Proceed
as follows:

1. Use wire brush to remove combustion deposits. If gasket is stuck to burner head, carefully pry
off.

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing, Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59°C).

Death or serious injury could occur if compressed air is

directed against the skin. Do not use compressed air for
cleaning or drying unless the pressure is/has been reduced to
30 psi (207 kPa) or less. When working with compressed
air always use chip guards, eye protection, and other per-
sonal protective equipment.

2. Clean burner head assembly with P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent. Shake off excess solvent and
dry with compressed air.

3. Wipe gasket with rag dampened with P-D-680 dry cleaning solvent.

4-65
TM 5-4520-253-13

REPAIR BURNER HEAD ASSEMBLY (CONT)

4. Check deflector tube (1) and metering ring (2)

for broken welds.

5. Check cone (3) and vane plate (4) for looseness

and distortion. Check for burned or eroded areas
indicating general deterioration.

6. Check blower tube (5) and igniter seat (6) for

cracked or broken brazing. Check threads of
igniter seat for stripping.

7. Minor dents may be straightened. Replace

burner head assembly having cracks, holes,
loose baffles, stripped threads, or showing
advanced deterioration.

8. Replace gasket if copper cover on gasket is

cracked or badly distorted.

4-66
 TM 5-4520-253-13

HEAT EXCHANGER PROCEDURES INDEX

PAGE

Remove/Install Heat Exchanger 4-67

Clean/Inspect/Repair Heat Exchanger 4-72

REMOVE/lNSTALL HEAT EXCHANGER

TOOLS: Tool kit, service, refrigeration unit

NSN 5180-00-596-1474

MATERIALS/PARTS: Silicone sealant (Item 11, Appendix E)

GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS:

Power off.
Heater cool.

REMOVAL:

Death or serious injury could occur if precautions are not

taken when maintaining this equipment. Position HEATER-
OFF-FAN switch to OFF, remove power cable plug from
POWER RECEPTACLE, and ground capacitors C1 and C2
prior to gaining access to heater compartments. Terminals
of capacitors are accessible at end cover of combustion
blower. Always have another person standing by who is
trained in electric shock first aid.

Allow sufficient time for heater to cool to room tempera-

ture before gaining access to heater compartments.

1. Open access door (1). Locate thermostat mounting bracket (2) and flame switch and bracket
assembly (3).

2. Remove two screws (4) and lock washers (5) at bracket (2) and lift out thermostat (6).

3. Remove two screws (7) and lock washers (8). Lift out flame switch and bracket assembly (3)
and thermostat (9).

4. Close shutoff valve at fuel container.

4-67
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL HEAT EXCHANGER (CONT)

Death or serious injury could occur if fuel is not handled

carefuIIy. Use in a well-ventilated area away from open
flame, arcing equipment, ignition sources, heaters, or exces-
sive heat. Engines must be turned off and cool before re-
fueling. Use proper refueling procedures and equipment to
avoid spillage. Do not run engines near open fuel containers.
Do not use fuel as a cleaning solvent. DO NOT SMOKE.

5. Remove four screws (10) and lock

washers (11). Pull off carburetor
(12) and move out of the way.
Small amount of fuel may be
spilled during this procedure.

6. Disconnect ignition cable (13) from

igniter assembly (14). Remove
igniter assembly from burner head
assembly (15).

7. Loosen hose clamp (16) and dis

connect combustion blower air
duct (17) from burner head as-
sembly (15).

4-68
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL HEAT EXCHANGER (CONT)

8. Remove five screws (18) and pressure pads (19) and lift out burner head assembly (15) and
gasket (20).

9. Remove eight screws with lock washers (21) securing rear exchanger cover (22).

10. Carefully remove rear exchanger cover (22) with heat exchanger (23) attached.

11. Remove four screws with lock washers (24) attaching rear exchanger cover (22) to heat ex-
changer (23).

12. Lift out heat exchanger exhaust shield (25) at exhaust end of heat exchanger (23).

4-69
TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL HEAT EXCHANGER (CONT)

INSTALLATION:

1. Install heat exchanger exhaust shield (25) at exhaust end of heat exchanger (23).

2. Attach rear exchanger cover (22) to rear of heat exchanger (23) with four screws with lock
washers (24).

3. Use sharp knife or similar cutting tool and cut old sealant from inside flange (26) of exchanger
housing shield (27). Cut old sealant from outside of burner head adapter ring (28).

4. Insert heat exchanger (23) into heater case and secure rear exchanger cover (22) using eight
screws with lock washers (21).

Burner head mounting surface must be free of sealant. If

sealant is deposited on mounting surface, remove immedi-
ately with wet rag.

5. Inject silicone sealant (29) between flange (26) and adapter ring (28) all the way around ring.
Smooth sealant with wet rag or wet finger.

6. Sealant will harden at room temperature. Allow at least 8 hours hardening time before operating
heater.

Do not tighten burner head mounting screws (18) until all

screws are loosely installed. Follow tightening instructions
exactly.

7. Loosely install burner head assembly (15)

and gasket (20) using five screws (18) and
pressure pads (19). Assembled parts
should barely touch.

8. Tighten every other screw (18) around

flange of burner head assembly (15) to
15.0 to 25.0 in. lb (1.7 to 2.8 N•m) of
torque until all screws have been
tightened.

9. Tighten every other screw (18) around

flange of burner head assembly (15) to
50.0 to 60.0 in. lb (5.7 to 6.8 N•m) of
torque until all screws have been
tightened.

4-70
 TM 5-4520-253-13

REMOVE/lNSTALL HEAT EXCHANGER (CONT)

10. Connect combustion blower air duct (17) to burner head assembly (15) using hose clamp (16).
Tighten hose clamp firmly.

11. Install igniter assembly (14) in burner head assembly (15). Connect ignition cable (13) to igniter
assembly.

12. Install carburetor (12) on burner head assembly (15) using four screws (10) and lock washers
(11).

13. Install flame switch and bracket assembly (3) and thermostat (9) using two screws (7) and lock
washers (8).

14. Install thermostat (6) using two screws (4) and lock washers (5) to secure bracket (2).

15. Close access door (1). Open shutoff valve at fuel container if heater is to be operated.

16. Test heated air as described in table 3-2, item 15, to determine carbon monoxide level.

4-71
TM 5-4520-253-13

CLEAN/lNSPECT/REPAIR HEAT EXCHANGER

MATERIALS/PARTS:

Dry cleaning solvent (Item 13, Appendix E)

Detergent (Item 2, Appendix E)

EQUIPMENT CONDITION:

Page Condition Description

4-67 Heat exchanger removed.

CLEANING:

Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (safety or Stoddard’s Solvent)

is potentially dangerous. Avoid repeated and prolonged
breathing of vapors and skin contact with the liquid. Do
not use near open flame, arcing equipment, or other igni-
tion sources. Always wear eye protection and protective
clothing. Flash point of P-D-680 is 100° to 138° F (38° to
59° C).

NOTE

Clean heat exchanger whenever it is removed for any

reason.

1. Remove carbon deposits from heat exchanger by flushing thoroughly with P-D-680 dry cleaning
solvent. Shake out excess solvent.

2. Wash heat exchanger by flushing thoroughly with mixture of one part detergent and one part
water.

3. Rinse heat exchanger in clear water and shake out excess. Allow to drain from both ends. No
special drying method is necessary.

INSPECTION:

1. Inspect heat exchanger for cracks, broken welds, corroded or burned areas, severe dents, and
other damage which could cause leakage. Replace damaged heat exchanger.

2. Check exhaust end of heat exchanger for stripped threads. Replace heat exchanger if threads are
stripped.

4-72
 TM 5-4520-253-13

CLEAN/lNSPECT/REPAIR HEAT EXCHANGER (CONT)

3. Check heat exchanger insulators behind burner head adapter ring. If insulators are frayed, torn,
or otherwise damaged, replace.

4. Check exchanger shield at exhaust end of heat exchanger. If frayed, torn, or otherwise damaged,
replace.

REPAIR:

1. Repair to heat exchanger is limited to replacing heat exchanger insulators and exchanger ex-
haust shield.

2. To replace heat exchanger insulators, pull out damaged insulators and insert new ones. Insulators
are flexible and split to facilitate installation.

3. To replace exchanger exhaust shield, lift out of recess at exhaust end of heat exchanger and
install new one.

4. Do not attempt to repair any other damage to heat exchanger.

4-73/(4-74 blank)
 TM 5-4520-253-13

APPENDIX A
REFERENCES

A-1. PUBLICATIONS INDEX

The following index should be consulted frequently for latest changes or revisions of references given in
this appendix and for new publications relating to material covered in this manual.

Index of Administrative Publications . . . . . . . . DA Pam 310-1

A-2. FORMS AND RECORDS

Report of Discrepancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF 364
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . DA Form 2404
Quality Deficiency Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SF 368
Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms . . . . . . . . . DA 2028

A-3. TECHNICAL MANUALS

Unit and Intermediate Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools

List, Heater, Space, Multifuel with Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM 5-4520-253-23P
Procedures for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use . . . . . . TM 750-244-3
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) . . . . . . . DA Pam 738-750

A-1/( A-2 blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13

APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

Section I. INTRODUCTION

B-1. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)

a. General. This MAC assigns maintenance functions in accordance with the Three Level Mainte
nance concept. The three levels are depicted on the MAC as:

UNIT level - corresponds to an O code in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL). A
C code entry under UNIT denotes maintenance performed by the crew or operator within UNIT
maintenance.

INTERMEDIATE level - corresponds to an F code in the RPSTL.

DEPOT level - corresponds to a D code in the RPSTL.

b. Unit Maintenance. Maintenance to be performed in the Unit level is described as follows:

(1) Unit Maintenance activities are staffed and equipped to perform high frequency on-equipment
maintenance tasks required to retain or return equipment to a serviceable condition. These tasks include
preventive maintenance and repair and replace functions associated with a high level of mission capability.

(2) Unit Maintenance inspection and servicing include daily (usually performed by operator or
crew), periodic, and special inspections, as authorized by the MAC or higher headquarters.

(3) Unit level maintains a Combat Prescribed Load List (PLL) which consists of items on the
Mandatory Parts List (MPL) and items which are demand supported.

(4) Unit level performs troubleshooting, replace r and limited repair functions as authorized by
the MAC, RPSTL, and applicable technical manuals.

c. Intermediate Maintenance. Maintenance to be performed in the Intermediate level is described

as follows:

(1) One stop maintenance support through use of mobile weapon system oriented maintenance
teams to perform authorized maintenance (that exceeds Unit level capability) to effect quick repair
and return to user capabilities.

(2) Maintains a Combat Authorized Stockage List (ASL), Mandatory Parts List (MPL), Direct
Exchange (DX), and provides limited Operational Readiness Float (ORF) for supported units.

(3) Provides collection, classification, and recovery services for serviceable and unserviceable
materiel and maintains a Battle Damage Assessment (B DA) capability.

(4) Provides maintenance support for the threater supply system through repair of components
and DX items.

(5) Provides maintenance units composed of commodity oriented platoons which may be
augmented by support teams that deploy forward if the tactical situation permits.

(6) Maintains Operational Readiness Float (ORF) stocks in support of the theater.

B-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

d. Depot Maintenance. Depot level functions are authorized as indicated by entries in the Depot
(D) Maintenance level column (4) in the MAC.

B-2. USE OF THE MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART, SECTION II

a. The MAC assigns maintenance functions based on the following considerations:

(1) Skills available.

(2) Work time required.

(3) Tools and test equipment required and/or available.

b. If a lower level of maintenance identified in column (4) of the MAC cannot perform all tasks
of a single maintenance function (e.g., test, repair), than the higher level that can perform other tasks
of that function is also indicated.

c. Higher maintenance levels are automatically authorized to perform maintenance functions

assigned to a lower maintenance level.

d. Higher maintenance levels will perform the maintenance functions of lower maintenance levels
when required or directed by the Commander who has authority to direct such tasking.

e. Assignment of a maintenance function in the MAC does not carry automatic authorization to
carry the related spare or repair parts in stock. Information to requisition or secure parts will be as
specified in the associated RPSTL.

f. Normally, there will be no deviation from the assigned level of maintenance. However, in cases
of operational necessity, maintenance functions assigned a higher level may, at the request of the
lower level, be assigned to the lower level on a one-time basis, if specifically authorized by the main-
tenance officer of the higher level to which the function is assigned, In such a case, the special tools,
equipment, etc., required by the lower level to perform this function will be furnished by the higher
level assigned the function. Also, transfer of a function to a lower level does not relieve the higher
level of responsibility for the function, so the higher level will provide technical supervision and
inspection of the function being performed at the lower level.

B-3. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS

Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows:

a. Inspect. Two levels of inspect are covered in the MAC.

(1) When prescribed at the C or O element of Unit Maintenance level, inspect means to deter-
mine serviceability by comparing an item’s physical, mechanical, and/or electrical characteristics with
established standards through examination (i.e., by sight, sound, or feel). These inspections are in-
cluded in preventive maintenance (PM) checks and services, such as PMCS, PMD.

(2) When prescribed at the Intermediate (F) or Depot (D) maintenance level, inspect refers to
an initial inspection which is conducted prior to scheduling any repair on repairable items evacuated
to this level. This inspection is made to determine whether an item qualifies for repair or discard.

b. Test. To verify serviceability and detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or
electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.

B-2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to
clean (includes decontaminate), to preserve, to drain, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluids,
or compressed air supplies.

d. Adjust. To maintain within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by
setting the operating characteristics to the specified parameters.

e. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired
performance.

f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or

test measuring and diagnostic equipment used in precision measurement. Consists of comparison of
two instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any
discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared.

g. Install. The act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position an item, part, or module (com-
ponent or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system.

h. Replace. The act of substituting a serviceable like type part, a subassembly, or module (com-
ponent or assembly) for an unserviceable counterpart.

i. Repair. The application of maintenance services (inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate,
or replace) or other maintenance actions (welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, remachining,
or resurfacing) to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or
failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or system.

j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) necessary to restore an item to a completely

serviceable operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards in appropriate technical
publications (i.e., DMWR). Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the
Army. Overhaul does not normally return an item to a like new condition.

k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable

equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is
the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation in-
cludes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours/miles, etc.) considered in classifying
Army equipment/components.

B-4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION II

a. Column (1), Group Number. Column 1 lists functional group code numbers which are assigned
to identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules to their next
higher assembly.

b. Column (2), Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the item names of components, assem-
blies, subassemblies, and modules for which group numbers (column 1) are assigned and for which
maintenance is authorized.

c. Column (3), Maintenance Function. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on items
listed in column 2. (Function definitions are contained in paragraph B-3.)

d. Column (4), Maintenance Level. The maintenance levels, Unit, Intermediate, and Depot, are
allotted separate subcolumns within column 4. Entry of a work time figure (such as 1.0, 0.2) in a
subcolumn indicates that that level is authorized to perform the function listed in column 3, and the

B-3
TM 5-4520-253-13

average time required to do the function is the work time figure. If the number or complexity of
tasks within a maintenance function varies from one maintenance level to another, the applicable work
time figure for each level will be entered for that function. The work time figure represents the
average time it takes to restore a component/assembly to a serviceable condition under a typical
field operating environment.

e. Column (5), Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies, by code, common tool sets (not indi-
vidual tools from those sets), common TMDE, and special tools, TMDE, and support equipment required
to perform a designated function. The code in Column 5 keys to the listing in Section Ill of the MAC.

f. Column (6), Remarks. This column, when applicable, contains a letter code which is keyed to
an explanation of the code contained in Section IV of the MAC.

B-5. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION Ill

a. Column (1), Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool or test equipment reference
code correlates with a code used in the MAC, Section II, Column 5.

b. Column (2), Maintenance Category. The lowest category of maintenance authorized to use
the tool or test equipment.

c. Column (3), Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.

d. Column (4), National/NATO Stock Number. The national stock number of the tool or test
equipment.

e. Column (5), Tool Number. The manufacturer’s part number.

B-6. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION IV

a. Column (1), Reference Code. The code recorded in Column 6, Section II

b. Column (2), Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function
being performed as indicated in the MAC, Section II.

B-4
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART — Continued

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Maintenance Level Tools
Group Maintenance Inter- and
Number Component/Assembly Function Unit mediate Depot Eqpt Remarks

01 CONTROL BOX
ASSEMBLY

Control Box Inspect 0.2

Replace 0.2 1

Receptacle, ROOM inspect 0.2

THERMO Replace 1.0 1

CIRCUIT BREAKER Inspect 0.2

Replace 0.2 1
Test 0.2

RESET Circuit Inspect 0.2

Breaker Replace 0.2 1
Test 0.2

Wiring Harness Repair 1.0 1

HEATER-OFF-FAN Inspect 0.2

Switch Test 0.2
Replace 0.5 1,2

HEAT and FAULT Replace 0.3 1,2 A

Lights

Receptacles, POWER Inspect 0.2

and EXTERNAL FUEL Replace 1.0 1
PUMP

Printed Circuit (PC) Inspect 0.2

Board Assembly Repair 0.5 1
Replace 1.0 1
Test 0.3 1

02 HEATER CASE Inspect 0.1

ASSEMBLY Service 0.2 1
Repair 1.0 1

Side Panels and Louver Adjust 0.2 1

Linkage Inspect 0.2
Service 0.2 1
Replace 0.2 1

B-5
TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART – Continued

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Maintenance Level Tools
Group Maintenance Inter- and
Number Component/Assembly Function Unit mediate Depot Eqpt Remarks

02 HEATER CASE
ASSEMBLY - Cont

Doors and Bottom Adjust 0.2 1

Cover Inspect 0.2
Service 0.2
Replace 0.2 1

Data Plates Inspect 0.2

Replace 0.5

Labels Inspect 0.2

Replace 0.2

03 FUEL SYSTEM

Fuel Lines and Fittings Inspect 0.5

Repair 0.5 1
Replace 0.5 1

Fuel Filter Service 0.5

Replace 0.5 1

Carburetor Inspect 0.2

Service 0.2 1
Adjust 0.1 1
Replace 1.0 1

Solenoid Inspect 0.3

Test 0.5
Replace 0.5 1 B

04 ELECTRICAL

Combustion Blower Inspect 0.2

Repair 0.5 1,4 A
Replace 0.5 1
Test 0.5 7, 8, 9

Ventilating Air Inspect 0.2

Motor Replace 0.5 1
Test 0.5 1,5,6

B-6
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART — Continued

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (2)

Maintenance Level Tools
Group Maintenance Inter- and
Number Component/Assembly Function Unit mediate Depot Eqpt Remarks

04 ELECTRICAL - Cont

Individual Wires, Assem- Repair 0.5 1,3

blies, and Terminals

Safety Thermostats and Inspect 0.2

Flame Switch and Test 0.5
Bracket Assembly Replace 0.3 1

05 BURNER ASSEMBLY Repair 1.0 1

Replace 1.0 1

Ignition Transformer Replace 0.3 1

and Cable Test 0.2
Repair 0.2 1

Igniter Service 0.3

Replace 0.3

06 HEAT EXCHANGER Replace 2.0 1,10

Repair 2.0

07 ACCESSORY ITEMS

Room Thermostat Test 0.5 1

Adjust 0.1
Replace 0.5 1

Side Heater Case Replace 0.1 1

Covers

Plugs: Power, Fuel Replace 0.3 1

Pump, and Room
Thermostat

B-7
TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Ill. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Tool or Test National/
Equipment Maintenance NATO Tool
Ref Code Category Nomenclature Stock Number Number

1 O, F Tool Kit, Service, Refrigera- 5180-00-596-1474 (19099)

tion Unit SC5180-
90-C L-
N18

2 O, F Solder Gun Kit 3439-00-930-1638 (11103)

450K4

3 O, F Thermometer [range up to
300° F (149°C)]

4 F Puller, Bearing 5120-00-766-3176 (45225)

1002

5 F Ammeter, AC

6 F Tachometer, Strobotac 6625-00-799-7616 (24655)

1531A

7 F Rubber Hose, l/4-inch ID,

36-inch length

8 F Needle, Inflating, Football

9 F Jar or Glass, Tall (at least

16-inch water capacity)

10 O, F Tester, Carbon Monoxide

Section IV. REMARKS

(1) (2)
Reference
Code Remarks

A Replace all used butt connectors

B Replace used O-ring

B-8
 TM 5-4520-253-13

APPENDIX C
COMPONENTS OF END ITEMS AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LIST

Section I. INTRODUCTION

C-1. SCOPE

This appendix lists Integral Components of the Basic Issue Items (BII) space heater to help you
inventory items required for safe and efficient operation.

C-2. GENERAL

The components of end item list are divided into the following sections:

a. Section II, Integral Components of the End Item. These items when assembled, comprise the
space heater and must accompany it whenever it is transferred or turned in. The illustrations will help
you identify these items.

b. Section III, Basic Issue Iterns. These are minimum essential items required to place the space
heater. in operation, to operate it, and to perform emergency repairs. Although shipped separately
packed, they must accompany the space heater during operation and whenever it is transferred
between accountable officers. The illustrations will assist you with hard-to-identify items, This manual
is your authority to requisition replacement BII based on Table(s) of Organization and Equipment
(TOE)/Modification Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE) authorization of the end item.

C-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS

a. Column (1), Figure Number. Indicates the figure number of the illustration showing the item.

b. Column (2), National Stock Number (NSN). Indicates the national stock number assigned
to the end item which will be used for requisitioning.

c. Column (3), Description FSCM & Part No. Indicates the Federal item name. The last line for
each item indicates the FSCM followed by the part number.

d. Column (4), Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual
operation/maintenance function.

e. Column (5), Quantity Required (Qty Reqd). Indicates the quantity of the item authorized to
be used with/on the equipment.

C-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Il. INTEGRAL COMPONENTS OF END ITEM

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Figure Description Qty
No. NSN FSCM & Part No. U/M Reqd

1 5935-00-581-1080 Plug, Fuel Pump Connector each 1

(96906) MS3106E14S9P

2 5935-00-556-6114 Plug, Power each 1

(96906) MS3106E18-10S

3 6685-00-893-9020 Thermostat, Room each 1

(92878) 68279

4 Cover, Side each 2

(92878) 68635-07

5 5935-00-201-6655 Plug, Room Thermostat each 1

(96906) MS3106E14S7P

6 5365-00-663-2125 Bushing each 1

(96906) MS3420-10

C-2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Ill. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS

(2) (3) (4) (5)

Description Qty
NSN FSCM & Part No. U/M Reqd

Case, Manual each 1

Department of Army Technical Manual; OPERATOR’S, each 1

UNIT, AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
MANUAL TM 5-4520-253-13

C-3/( C-4 blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13

APPENDIX D
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST

Section I. INTRODUCTION

D-1. SCOPE

This appendix lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the heater.

D-2. GENERAL

This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the heater and that do not have to be
turned in with it. These items are all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA.

D-3. EXPLANATION OF LISTING

National stock numbers, descriptions, and quantities are provided to help you identify and request
the additional items you require to support this equipment. The items are listed in alphabetical
sequence by item name under the type document (i.e., CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA) which authorized
the item(s) to you.

D-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Il. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4)

National Description Usable
Stock on Qty
Number FSCM and Part Number Code U/M Auth

( ) AUTHORIZED ITEMS

2910-00-710-6054 (96906) MS51321-1 Fuel Pump, External each 1

D-2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

APPENDIX E
EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Section I. INTRODUCTION

E-1. SCOPE

This appendix lists expendable supplies and materials you will need to operate and maintain the
space heater. These items are authorized to you by CTA50-970, Expendable Items (except Medical,
Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items).

E-2. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS

a. Column (1), Itern Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced
in the narrative instruction to identify the material (e.g., Use antiseize compound, Item 1, Appendix E).

b. Column (2), Leve/. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the
listed item.

C – Operator/Crew
O – Unit Maintenance
F – Intermediate Maintenance

c. Column (3), National Stock Number (NSN). This the National stock number assigned to the
item; use it to request or requisition the item.

d. Column (4), Description. Indicates the Federal item name and, if required, a description to
identify the item. The last line for each item indicates the part number followed by the Federal
Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) in parentheses, if applicable.

e. Column (5), Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual main-
tenance function. If the unit of measure differs from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of
issue that will satisfy your requirements.

E-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

Section Il. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

National
Item Stock
Number Level Number Description U/M

1 C 8030-00-251 -3980/ Compound, Antiseize, MlL-A-907, 1 02

8030-00-059-2761 1 gal can (30 cm3 )

2 F Detergent 8 oz
(237 cm3 )

3 F 8010-00-111-8336 Enamel, Alkyd, Camouflage, MIL-E- ea

52798, 1 gal can (prime per TT-P-636)

4 C 9140-00-286-5283 Fuel, Diesel, Arctic, VV-F-800, DF-A bulk

(2 gallons required for 8 hour
operation)

5 C 9140-00-286-5294 Fuel, Diesel, Regular, VV-F-800, DF-2 bulk

(2 gallons required for 8 hour
operation)

6 C 9140-00-286-5286 Fuel, Diesel, Winter, VV-F-800, DF-1 bulk

(2 gallons required for 8 hour
operation)

7 C 9130-00-160-1818 Gasoline, Combat, MIL-G-3056, Type 1 bulk

(2 gallons required for 8 hour
operation)

8 O Oil, Preservative, VV-L-800 bulk

9 F Sandpaper, 00

10 F Sealant, RTV-108 RS No. 10635, Tube, 1 0z

MI L-A-46106 (30 cm3 )

11 F 8040-00-828-7385 Sealant, Silicone, RTV-732 (71984), 1 oz

Tube (30 cm3)

12 O Solder, Tin Alloy, QQ-S-571 1 oz

(28 g)

13 O 6850-00-264-9038 Solvent, Dry Cleaning, P-D-680, 5 gal- ar

lon container

14 F Tape, RS No. 10623, Roll, TT-P-60 6 in.

(152 mm)

E-2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

APPENDIX F
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS

Section I. INTRODUCTION

F-1. SCOPE

This appendix includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured or
fabricated by organizational or unit maintenance.

F-2. GENERAL

This appendix includes simplified line drawing illustrations for each item authorized to be manu-
factured/fabricated by organizational or unit maintenance personnel [i.e., all MO source coded items
authorized in the applicable repair parts and special tools list (RPSTL)]. Supporting text supplies all
instructional criteria needed to manufacture/fabricate the item(s).

F-3. EXPLANATION OF LISTING

A list of bulk materials to be used in manufacture/fabrication of each item and (when applicable)
the part number of the item are included.

Section Il. ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS

NOTES:
1. Fabricate from brown 16-gauge wire, per Ml L-W-16878/l Type B.
2. Crimp terminal, part number 11275, on one end together with
brown wire from control box harness plug.

Figure 1. Wire No. 10767.

F-1
TM 5-4520-253-13

NOTES:
1. Fabricate from grey 20-gauge wire, per MIL-W-16878/1 Type B.
2. Crimp terminal, part number 5865, on one end.

Figure 2. Wire No. 10799.

NOTES:
1. Fabricate from yellow 20-gauge wire, per MlL-W-16878/1 Type B.
2. Crimp terminal, part number 5865, on one end together with
yellow wire from control harness plug.

Figure 3. Wire No. 10795.

F-2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

NOTES:
1. Fabricate from violet 20-gauge wire, per MIL-W-16878/1 Type 8.
2. Crimp terminal, part number 5865, on one end together with
violet wire from room thermostat receptacle.

Figure 4. Wire No. 10739.

NOTE:
Fabricate from orange 20-gauge wire, per MIL-W-16878/1 Type B.

Figure 5. Wire No. 10736.

F-3
TM 5-4520-253-13

NOTES:
1. Fabricate from green 20-gauge wire, per MlL-W-16878/1 Type B.
2. Crimp terminal, part number 5383, on one end.

Figure 6. Wire No. 10768.

NOTES:
1. Fabricate from yellow 16-gauge wire, per MlL-W-16878/1 Type B.
2. Crimp terminal, part number 168547, on one end.

Figure 7. Wire No. 10781.

F-4
 TM 5-4520-253-13

NOTES:
1. Fabricate from white 16-gauge wire, per MlL-W-16878/1 Type B.
2. Crimp terminal, part number 168547, on one end.

Figure 8. Wire No. 10770.

NOTE:
Fabricate from orange 16-gauge wire, per MlL-W-1 6878/1 Type B.

Figure 9. Wire No. 10766.

F-5
TM 5-4520-253-13

NOTES:
1. Fabricate from green 20-gauge wire, per MIL-W-16878/1 Type B.
2. Crimp terminal, part number 5383, on one end.

Figure 10. Wire No. 10785.

NOTE:
Fabricate from violet 20-gauge wire, per MlL-W-16878/1 Type B.

Figure 11. Wire No. 10739.

F-6
 TM 5-4520-253-13

PART NUMBER INDEX

Part No. Name/Location Fig. No.

10736 Wire, orange HEAT light to HEATER-OFF-FAN switch* 5

10739 Wire, violet Room thermostat receptacle, terminal C to reset 11

circuit breaker, terminal no. 1; 4-1/2 inches long

10739 Wire, violet FAULT light to reset circuit breaker, terminal 4

no. 1; 8-3/4 inches long

10766 Wire, orange Room thermostat receptacle, terminal A, to 9

HEATER-OFF-FAN switch*

10767 Wire, brown Circuit breaker to HEATER-OFF-FAN switch* 1

10768 Wire, green Fuel pump receptacle, terminal B, to ground 6

10768 Wire, green Power receptacle, terminal D, to ground 6

10770 Wire, white Combustion motor capacitor C2 to white wire of 8

PC board**

10781 Wire, yellow Combustion motor capacitor Cl to yellow wire of 7

PC board**

10785 Wire, green Room thermostat receptacle, terminal B, to ground 10

10795 Wire, yellow FAULT light to reset circuit breaker, terminal 3

no. 3

10799 Wire, grey Reset circuit breaker, terminal no. 2, to HEATER- 2

OFF-FAN switch*

* Refer to illustration to locate correct terminal of HEATER-OFF-FAN switch.

** PC board has more than one each yellow and white wires. Always carefully tag
wires when disconnecting.

F-7/( F-8 blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13

APPENDIX G
TORQUE LIMITS

Section I. INTRODUCTION

G-1. SCOPE

This appendix lists standard torque values for self-locking nuts. Special torque values and sequences
are indicated in the maintenance procedures for applicable components.

G-2. EXPLANATION OF LISTING

The listing relates thread size to minimum breakaway torque in inch pounds.

G-3. PROCEDURE

To determine breakaway torque, thread nut onto screw or bolt until at least two threads stick out.
Nut shall not make contact with a mating part. Stop the nut. Torque necessary to begin turning nut
again is the breakaway torque. Do not reuse self-locking nuts that do not meet minimum breakaway
torque.

Section Il. SELF-LOCKING NUT BREAKAWAY TORQUE VALUES

Minimum Breakaway Minimum Breakaway

Thread Size Torque (In. Lb) Thread Size Torque (In. Lb)

10-32 2.0 5/8-18 32.0

1 /4-28 3.5 3/4-16 50.0
5/16-24 6.5 7/8-14 70.0
318-24 9.5 1-12 90.0
7/16-20 14.0 1-1/8-12 117.0
1 /2-20 18.0 1-1/4-12 143.0
9/16-18 24.0

G-1/( G-2 blank)

 TM 5-4520-253-13

GLOSSARY

Section I. ABBREVIATIONS

ac. . Alternating current

Amp . Amperes
Btu/hr British thermal units per hour
°C. . Degree Celsius
CC. . Cubic centimeter
cfm . . . Cubic foot per minute
cm . . . Centimeter
cu in. Cubic inch
cu m/s Cubic meter per second
° Degree
dc . . . Direct current
°F . . . . . Degree Fahrenheit
gal . . . . . . . . . Gallon
Hz . . . . . . . . Hertz
in. . . . . . . . . . Inch
in. lb . . . . Inch pound
kg. . . . . . . Kilogram
kPa . . . . . . Kilopascal
lb . . . . . . . . . . Pound
m . . . . . . . . . Meter
mm . . . . . . . . Millimeter
N•m . . . . . . Newton-meter
Pc . . . . . . Printed circuit
PMCS . Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
psi . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch
rpm . . . . . . . . . . . Revolutions per minute
V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volt

Section Il. DEFINITION OF UNUSUAL TERMS

ALIGN – To arrange in a line vertically and/or horizontally.

ALLOCATION – Assignment of duties or materiels according to a plan.

AMBlENT – Surrounding. An engine cooled to ambient temperature has the same temperature as the
air around it.

APPROVED – Permitted to be used for a specific purpose by the person or group who is authorized
to grant approval.

Glossary 1
TM 5-4520-253-13

ARC – A discharge of electric current crossing a gap between two electrodes.

ASSEMBLY – A combination of parts that may be taken apart without destruction, which has no
application or use of its own but is needed for the completeness of a more complex item with
which it is combined, or to which it is attached.

BINDING – Holding or restraining.

CARBON MONOXIDE – A poisonous gas that is made while a fuel is burning, especially if there is
not quite enough air. The gas is colorless, odorless, and tasteless, but it can cause illness or death.
See the warnings on the Warning page at front of manual.

COMBUSTION – A chemical change, especially oxidation, accompanied by the production of heat and
light. A combustion engine functions by burning fuel to produce heat, i.e., energy.

COMPONENT – A part or a combination of parts which together accomplish a function.

COMPRESSED AIR – Air that is under pressure. When the compressed air in a hose or pipe is allowed
to escape (such as when you use an air gun), the air moves very fast and is used to blow away dirt
and chips for cleaning.

CONDENSATION – A liquid formed from a vapor. Moisture carried in warm air will condense when
it reaches a cold area, such as the surface of a fuel tank in subzero weather.

CONTAMINATION – To make impure by contact or mixture.

CORROSION – A gradual wearing away caused by chemical action. Metals exposed to salt water are
likely to corrode.

CRIMP – To bend or pinch together.

DEFECTIVE – Faulty; lacking perfection.

DEFICIENT – Lacking an essential element; incomplete.

DETERIORATE – A worsening of condition usually as a result of age or hostile environment, as

opposed to mechanical damage.

EXHAUST – The gases that leave the engine through the tailpipe while the engine is running.

EXPENDABLE – An item that is not repairable and is discarded if damaged.

EXPOSURE – Being in the presence of something, or in contact with something. Skin is exposed to
cleaning solvent when the solvent contacts the skin during cleaning operations.

GIossary 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

FILTER – A device which removes dirt from the air or a fluid.

FLASH POINT – The lowest temperature at which the vapors of a solvent will ignite and burn.

FOULED – Spoiled; dirty; having an offensive odor.

FRAYED – Something which has been worn away or unravelled, usually by rubbing.

GASKET – A seal or packing used between matched machine parts or around pipe joints to prevent
the escape of gas or fluid.

GOGGLES – A device used to protect the eyes from dust, dirt, flying chips, etc.

INITIAL – The first or starting condition.

INTERMITTENT – Stopping and starting at intervals.

MALFUNCTION – Occurs when a unit fails to operate normally.

MANUALLY – By hand; employing human rather than mechanical energy.

MANUFACTURER — The company which makes an item or piece of equipment for sale.

MATERIEL – Equipment, apparatus, and supplies of an organization such as an army.

OBSTRUCTION – An obstacle.

PIVOT – A short rod or shaft about which a related part rotates; the act of turning on or as if on a
pivot.

POTTING – To embed with an insulating or protective material.

RECOMMENDATIONS – Suggestions for change; advice given usually to make an improvement.

REQUIRE – To demand or need.

SCOPE – The extent of an activity or concept; the amount of information covered as in a book.

SOLVENT – A liquid that can dissolve another substance.

GIossary 3
TM 5-4520-253-13

TIEDOWN – Strap or fastening device used to hold an object in position.

TORQUE – Force around an axis. It produces a rotary or twisting motion, and is measured in foot
pounds (ft lb) or newton-meters (N•m).

TOXIC – Harmful; deadly; poisonous.

V

VALVE – A device used to control the flow of a fluid.

VAPOR – The gaseous form of any substance which is usually a liquid; vapors are present in the air
around the substance.

VENTILATE – To provide with a source of fresh or uncontaminated air.

WELD – A union or joint (of metals) produced by applying heat, sometimes with pressure.

Glossary 4
 TM 5-4520-253-13

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

Subject, Page Subject, Page

A D

Additional Authorization List, D-1, D-2 Data

Additional Items Required, 3-5 Equipment, 1-4
Adjustment Plates, 3-80
of Heater, 3-9 Decals, 2-6
(See Specific items) Description of Major Components, 1-3
Assembly Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent
(See Specific Items) Enemy Use, 1-2
Authorization List, Additional, D-1, D-2 Disassembly
Auxiliary Equipment, Operation of, 2-5 of Heating System, 3-126
(See Specific Items)
Doors, 3-1
B
and Bottom Cover, 3-76

Blower, Combustion, 3-100, 4-40 E

Blower Motor, 4-47, 4-51
Electrical Connections, External, 3-13
Bottom Cover, 3-76
Enemy Use, Destruction to Prevent, 1-2
Burner Head Assembly, 4-62, 4-65
Equipment
Auxiliary, Operation of, 2-5
C Common, 3-2
Data, 1-4
Improvement Recommendations, 1-2
Capabilities and Features, 1-3
Inspection and Servicing Upon Receipt, 3-2
Capacitor, 4-46
Special, 3-2
Ventilating Air Motor, 4-60
Unpacking, 3-2
Carburetor, 3-92 Exhaust System, 3-13
Case Assembly, Heater, 3-66
External Electrical Connections, 3-13
Case, Heater, 3-16, 4-33, 4-35 External Fuel Supply, 3-13
Checks and Services, Preventive Extreme Cold, Operation in, 2-10
Maintenance, 3-10
Circuit Breaker r 3-41 F
Circuit Breaker, RESET, 3-43
Combustion Blower, 3-100 Fan Mode, Operation in, 2-5
and Housing, 4-40 Filter, Fuel, 3-89
Common Tools and Equipment, 3-2 Fittings and Fuel Lines, 3-85
Control Box, 3-14, 3-37 Flame Switch and Bracket Assembly, 3-105
Harness Plug, 3-46 Forms and Records, Maintenance, 1-1
Harness Wires, 3-51 Fuel Filter, 3-89
Wiring Harness, 3-45 Fuel Line System, 3-12
Controls, Operator, 2-1 Fuel Lines and Fittings, 3-85
Cover Fuel Pump, 3-124
Bottom, 3-76 Fuel Pump Receptacle, External, 3-60
Side Heater Case, 3-123 Fuel Supply, External, 3-13
Cross-Reference List, Nomenclature, 1-2 Fuel System, 3-18

Index 1
TM 5-4520-253-13

Subject, Page Subject, Page

H M

Harness Plug, Control Box, 3-46 Maintenance Forms and Records, 1-1
Harness Receptacle and Plug, Maintenance Procedures, Unit, 3-36
PC Board Assembly, 4-26.1 Motor
Harness Wires, Control Box, 3-51 Blower, 4-47,4-51
Harness, Wiring, Control Box, 3-45 Ventilating Air, 3-102,4-53,4-58
HEAT and FAULT Lights, 3-58 Mounting of Heater
Heat Exchanger, 4-67,4-72 Inverted, 3-4
Heater, 3-20 Left Side, 3-3
Adjustment, 3-9 Right Side, 3-4
Location, 3-6
Mounted Position of, 3-3 N
Operation, 3-22
Preliminary Servicing, 3-9 Nomenclature Cross-Reference List, 1-2
Heater Case, 3-16,4-33,4-35
Heater Case Assembly, 3-66 O
HEATER-OFF-FAN Switch, 3-55
Heater Operating Principles, 1-5 Operating Instructions, 2-1
Heating Mode, Operation in, 2-4 operating Principles, Heater, 1-5
High Altitudes, Operation at, 2-10 Operating Procedures, 2-3
Humid Conditions, Operation Under, 2-10 Operation
at High Attitudes, 2-10
I Heater, 3-22
Igniter Assembly, 3-117 in Extreme Cold, Below 10°F (–12°C), 2-10
Ignition Transformer and Cable, 3-110 in Fan Mode, 2-5
Indicators, Operator, 2-1 in Heating Mode, 2-4
Information Plates, 2-6 of Auxiliary Equipment, 2-5
Inspection Under Rainy or Humid Conditions, 2-10
of Equipment Upon Receipt, 3-2 Under Unusual Conditions, 2-10
(See Specific Items) Under Usual Conditions, 2-2
Installation Operator Controls and Indicators, 2-1
Heater, 3-7
(See Specific Items) P
Insulator, Shield, 4-37
Intermediate Maintenance Instructions, 4-1 Packaging, 3-128
Inverted Mounting, 3-4 Painted Surfaces, 4-39
Items Required, Additional, 3-5 PC Board Assembly, 4-12, 4-26.4
Harness Receptacle and Plug, 4-26.1
L Wiring Receptacle, 4-21
Wiring Terminals, 4-24
Labels, 3-84 Plates
Left Side Mounting, 3-3 Data, 3-80
Lights, HEAT and FAULT, 3-58 Information, 2-6
Louver Linkage, 3-71 Plugs, Room Thermostat, 3-124
Location of Power, Fuel Pump, and Room
Heater, 3-6 Thermostat Plugs, 3-124
Major Components, 1-3 Power Receptacle and External Fuel
Louvers, 3-1 Pump Receptacle, 3-60
Lubrication Instructions, 3-1 Preliminary Servicing of Heater, 3-9

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1990/754-029/20038

Index 2 Change 2
 TM 5-4520-253-13

Subject, Page Subject, Page

Preparation for Storage or Shipment, 1-2, 3-126 Shutdown, 2-5

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services, 3-10 Side Heater Case Covers, 3-123
Principles of Operation, 1-5 Side Panels and Louver Linkage, 3-71
Printed Circuit (PC) Board Assembly, 3-65 Solenoid, 3-97
Procedures, Maintenance, Unit, 3-36 Storage, Preparation for, 1-2, 3-126
Procedures, Operating, 2-3 Switch, HEATER-OFF-FAN, 3-55
Pump, Fuel 3-124
Purpose of Heater, 1-2 T

R Terminals, Wire, 3-49

Test
Rainy Conditions, Operation Under, 2-10 (See Specific Items)
Receptacle Thermal Motor Protector, 4-44
Fuel Pump, External, 3-60 Thermostat
Power, 3-60 Room, 3-120
Room Thermostat, 3-39 Safety, 3-105
Records, Maintenance, 1-1 Tools
Removal Common, 3-2
(See Specific Items) Special, 3-2
Repair Transformer, Ignition, 3-110
(See Specific Items) Troubleshooting
Repair Parts, 3-2 Intermediate Maintenance, 4-1
Reporting Equipment Improvement Unit Maintenance, 3-25
Recommendations, 1-2
RESET Circuit Breaker, 3-43 U
Right Side Mounting, 3-4
Room Thermostat, 3-120 Unpacking Equipment, 3-2
Room Thermostat Plugs, 3-124 Unusual Conditions, Operation Under, 2-10
Room Thermostat Receptacle, 3-39 Usual Conditions, Operation Under, 2-2

S V

Safety Thermostat, 3-105 Ventilating Air Motor, 3-102, 4-53, 4-58

Scope, 1-1 Ventilating Air Motor Capacitor, 4-60
Servicing
Equipment Upon Receipt, 3-2 W
of Heater, Preliminary, 3-9
(See Specific Items) Wire Terminals, 3-49
Shield Insulator, 4-37 Wiring Harness, Control Box, 3-45
Shields and Shield Insulator, 4-37 Wiring Receptacle, PC Board Assembly, 4-21
Shipment, Preparation for, 1-2, 3-126 Wiring Terminals, PC Board Assembly, 4-24

Index 3/(Index 4)
 TM 5-4520-253-13

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.

General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff

R. L. DILWORTH
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General

DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-25A, Operator’s, Unit, and Inter-
mediate Maintenance requirements for Heater, Space, Multifuel, 60,000 BTU (UH-68F).

*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1987 754-030/60024

PIN: 060655-002
 *TM 5-4520-253-23P

TECHNICAL MANUAL

UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
FOR

HEATER, SPACE, MULTIFUEL

WITH BLOWER, 60,000 BTU/HR, 120V
MODEL UH-68G, NSN 4520-01-203-4410
AND MODEL UH-68GI,
NSN 4520-01-297-6803

Approved for public release; Distribution is unlimited,

*This manual supersedes TM 5-4520-253-23P, 18 June 1987, including all changes.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

10 JULY 1990
 *TM 5-4520-253-23P

TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS

No. 5-4520-253-23P DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C., 10 July 1990

UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
FOR
HEATER, SPACE, MULTIFUEL
WITH BLOWER, 60,000 BTU/HR, 120V
MODEL UH-68G, NSN 4520-01-203-4410
AND MODEL UH-68GI,
NSN 4520-01-297-6803

Current as of 7 December 1989

Approved for public release. Distribution is unlimited.

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know
of a way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter,
DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms),
or DA Form 2028-2 located in back of this manual direct to: AMSTR-
MCTS, 4300 Goodfellow Boulevard, St. Louis, MO 63120-1798. A reply
will be furnished to you.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Illus
Page Figure

Section 1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Il. REPAIR PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Group 01 Control Box Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Control Box and P. C. Board Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1
P, C. Board Assembly, Model UH-68G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2
P. C. Board Assembly, Model UH-68G1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3
Control Box Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4
Control Box Harness Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5
Group 02 Heater Case Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Side Panels and Louver Linkage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6
Right Hand Louver Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7
Left Hand Louver Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8
Heater Case Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9

*This manual supersedes TM5-4520-253-23P, 18 June 1987, including all changes.

i
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Illus.
Page Figure

Group 03 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Carburetor and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10
Fuel Filter Assembly ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 11
Carburetor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 12
Group 04 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Thermostat and Flame Switch Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 13
Combustion Blower and Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 14
Blower Motor Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 15
Ventilating Air Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1 16
Group 05 Burner Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1
Burner Head and Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1 17
Group 06 Heat Exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1
Heat Exchanger and Shields ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1 18
Group 07 Accessory Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1
Accessories, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1 19
Group 08 Bulk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bulk-1

Section Ill. SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (Nonapplicable)

Section IV. CROSS REFERENCE INDEX

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l-1
PART NUMBER INDEX ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I -4
FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-13

ii
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION

1. SCOPE. This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special test,
measurement, and diagnostic equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for
performance of Unit and Direct Support Maintenance of the Space Heater, It authorizes the requisitioning,
issue, and disposition of spares, repair parts and special tools as indicated by the source, maintenance
and recoverability (SMR) codes.

2. GENERAL. In addition to this section, Introduction, this Repair Parts and Special Tools List is divided
into the following sections:

a. Section Il. Repair Parts List. A list of spares and repair parts authorized by this RPSTL for use in
the performance of maintenance. The list also includes parts which must be removed for replacement of
the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence
with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number sequence. Bulk materials are
listed in item name sequence. Repair parts kits are listed separately in their own functional group within
Section Il. Repair parts for repairable special tools are also listed in this section. Items listed are shown
on the associated illustration(s) /figure(s).

b. Section Ill. Special Tools List. A list of special tools, special TMDE, and other special support
equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in DESCRIPTION
AND USABLE ON CODE column) for the performance of maintenance.

c. Section IV. Cross–references Indexes. A list, in National Item Identification Number (NIIN)
sequence, of all National stock numbered items appearing in the listing, followed by a list in alphanumeric
sequence of all part numbers appearing in the listings. National stock numbers and part numbers are
cross referenced to each illustration figure and item number appearance. The figure and item number
index lists figure and item number in alphanumeric sequence and cross references NSN, FSCM and part
number.

3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTIONS II AND Ill).

a. ITEM NO. (Column (1 )). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration

b. SMR Code (Column (2)). The Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code is a
5–position code containing supply/requisitioning information, maintenance category authorization criteria,
and disposition instruction, as shown in the following breakout:

Source Maintenance Recoverabilily

Code code Code

1st two positions

3rd position 4th poition

Who can install re- Who can do com- Who determines dis-
How you get an item place or use the plete repair* on position action on an
item the item unservicable item

1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

NOTE
*Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all corrective maintenance
tasks of the “Repair” function in a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability to a failed item

(1) Source Code. The source code tells you how to get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or
overhaul of an end item/equipment. Explanations of source codes follows:

Code

PA
PB
PC** Explanation
PD
PE Stocked items; use the applicable NSN to request/requisition
items with these source codes. They are authorized to the
PF
PG category indicated by the code entered in the 3d position of
the SMR code.

**NOTE: Items coded PC are subject to deterioration.

KD
KF Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned
KB individually. They are part of a kit which is authorized to the
maintenance category indicated in the 3d position of the SMR
code. The complete kit must be requisitioned and applied.

Explanation
MO-(Made at org.
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned
AVUM Level
individually. They must be made from bulk material which is
MF-(Made at DS/
identified by the part number in the DESCRIPTION and US-
AVUM Level
ABLE ON CODE (UOC) column and listed in the Bulk Material
MH-(Made at GS
group of the repair parls list in this RPSTL. If the item is
Level)
authorized to vou by the 3d position code of the SMR code,
ML—Made at Spe-
but the source code indicates it is made at a higher level, or-
cialized Repair
der the item from the higher level of maintenance.
Activity
(SRA))
MD-(Made at De
pot)

2
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Explanation

Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisi-

tioned individually, The parts that make up the assembled
item must be requisitioned or fabricated and assembled at
the level of maintenance indicated by the source code. If
the 3d position code of the SMR code authorizes you to
replace the item, but the source code indicates the items
are assembled at a higher level, order the item from the
higher level of maintenance.

Explanation

XA – – Do not requisition “XA” -coded item. Order its next higher assembly.
(Also, refer to the NOTE below,)
XB – – If an “XB” item is not available from salvage, order it using the FSCM and
part number given.
XC – – Installation drawing, diagram, instruction sheet, field service drawing, that
is identified by manufacturer’s part number,
XD – – Item is not stocked, Order an “XD” –coded item through normal supply
channels using the FSCM and part number given, if no NSN is available.

NOTE

Cannibalization or controlled exchange, when authorized, may be

used as a source of supply for items with the above source codes,
except for those source coded “XA” or those aircraft support items
restricted by requirements of AR 750–1.

(2) Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tells you the Ievel(s) of mainte-
nance authorized to USE and REPAIR support items. The maintenance
codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR code as fol-
lows:

(a) The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the low-
est maintenance level authorized to remove, replace, and use an
item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will indicate
authorization to one of the following levels of maintenance.

Code Application/Explanation

C -Crew or operator maintenance done within organizational or aviation unit

maintenance,

O -Organizational or aviation unit category can remove, replace, and use the
item.

3
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

F -Direct support or aviation intermediate level can remove, replace, and

use the item.

H -General support level can remove, replace, and use the item

L -Specialized repair activity can remove, replace, and use the item.

D -Depot level can remove, replace, and use the item.

(b) The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells whether or not the item is to be
repaired and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete
repair (i.e. , perform all authorized repair functions. ) NOTE: Some limited repair may be
done on the item at a lower level of maintenance, if authorized by the Maintenance Allocation
Chart (MAC) and SMR codes. This position will contain one of the following maintenance
codes.

Code Application/Explanation

O-—Organizational or (aviation unit) is the lowest level that can do complete

repair of the item.

F -Direct support or aviation intermediate is the lowest level that can do

complete repair of the item.

H -General Support is the lowest level that can do complete

repair of the item.

L -Specialized repair activity is the lowest level that can do complete repair
of the item.

D -Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.

Z -Nonreparable. No repair is authorized.

B -No repair is authorized. (No parts or special tools are authorized for the
maintenance of a “B” coded item). However, the item may be
reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating, etc., at the user level.

(3) Recoverability Code, Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition
action on unserviceable items. The recoveralibility code is entered in the fifth position of the
SMR Code as follows:

Recoverability
Codes Application/Explanation

Z -Nonreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn and dispose of the item

at the level of maintenance shown in 3d position of SMR Code.

4
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Recoverability
Codes Application/Explanation

O —Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn

and dispose of the item at organizational or aviation unit level

F —Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn

and dispose of the item at the direct support or aviation
intermediate level

H —Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn

and dispose of the item at the general support level.

D —Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair capability, return to

depot. Condemnation and disposal of item not authorized below depot level

L —Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal not authorized below

specialized repair activity (SRA).

A —Item requires special handling or condemnation procedures because of specific

reasons (e.g. , precious metal content, high dollar value, critical material, or hazardous
material). Refer to appropriate manuals/directives for specific instructions.

c. FSCM (Column (3)). The Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) is a 5-digit numeric code
which is used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the item

d. PART NUMBER (Column (4)). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer, (individual,
company, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the
item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications standards, and inspection requirements to
identify an item or range of items.

NOTE

When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive
may have a different part number from the part ordered.

e. DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column (5)). This column includes the following
information:

(1) The Federal item name and, when required, a minimum description to identify the item.

(2) The physical security classification of the item is indicated by the parenthetical entry, e.g , Phy
Sec Cl - Confidential, Phy Sec Cl (S) - Secret, Phy Sec Cl (T) – Top Secret.

(3) Items that are included in kits and sets are listed below the name of the kit or set.

(4) Spare/repair parts that make up an assembled item are listed immediately following the
assembled item line entry,

(5) Part numbers for bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line item entry for the item
to be manufactured/fabricated.

(6) When the item is not used with all serial numbers of the same model, the effective
serial numbers are shown on the last line(s) of the description (before UOC).

5
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

(7) The usable encode, when applicable (see paragraph 5, Special information).

(8) ln the Special Tools List section, the basis of issue (BOl) appears as the last line(s) in the entry
for each special tool, special TM DE, and other special support equipment. When density of
equipments supported exceeds density spread indicated in the basis of issue, the total
authorization is increased proportionately.

(9) The statement “END OF FIGURE” appears just below the last item description in Column 5
for a given figure in both Section Il and Section III.

(10) The indenture, shown as dots appearing before the repair part, indicates that the item is a
repair part of the next higher assembly.

f. QTY (Column (6)). The QTY (quantity per figure column) indicates the quantity of the item used in
the breakout shown on the illustration figure, which is prepared for a functional group, subfunctional
group, or an assembly. A “V” appearing in this column in lieu of a quantity indicates that the quantity is
variable and may vary from application to application.

4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION IV).

a. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) INDEX.

(1) STOCK NUMBER column. This column lists the NSN by National item identification number

(NIIN) sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the
NSN
NSN, i.e. (5305–01-574-1 467),
NIIN

When using this column to locate an item, ignore the first 4 digits of the NSN.
However, the complete NSN should be used when ordering items by stock number

(2) FIG. column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located
The figures are in numerical order in Section II and Section Ill.

(3) ITEM column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the
adjacent FIG. column. This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line.

b. PART NUMBER INDEX. Part numbers in this index are listed by part number in ascending
alphanumeric sequence (i e. , vertical arrangement of letter and number combination which places the
first letter or digit of each group in order A through Z, followed by the numbers 0 through 9 and each
following letter or digit in like order).

(1) FSCM column. The Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) is a 5-digit numeric code
used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc. , that supplies the
item.

(2) PART NUMBER column. Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual
firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the
item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications standards, and inspection
requirements to identify an item or range of items.

(3) STOCK NUMBER column. This column lists the NSN for the associated part number and
manufacturer identified in the PART NUMBER and FSCM columns to the left.

6
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

(4) FIG. column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in
Sections II and Ill.

(5) ITEM column. The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure
referenced in adjacent figure number column.

c. FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX.

(1) FIG. column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in
Section II and Ill.

(2) ITEM column. The item number is that number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure
referenced in the adjacent figure number column.

(3) STOCK NUMBER column. This column lists the NSN for the item.

(4) FSCM column. The Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) is a 5-digit numeric code
used to identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency, etc., that supplies the
item.

(5) PART NUMBER column. Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual,
firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of
the item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications standards, and inspection
requirements to identify an item or range of items.

5. SPECIAL INFORMATION.

a. USABLE ON CODE. The usable on code appears in the lower left corner of the Description column
heading. Usable on codes are shown as “UOC: . . . ...” in the Description Column (justified left) on the Iast
line applicable item description/nomenclature. Uncoded items are applicable to all models.

CODE USED ON
DYS Model UH-68G
ETG Model UH–68G1

b. ASSOCIATED PUBLICATIONS. The publications listed below pertains to the Space Healer and it’s
components.

Publication Short Title

TM 5-4520-253-13 Space Heater

6. HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS.

a. When National Stock Number or Part Number is NOT known.

(1) First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group or subassembly group 10
which the item belongs, This is necessary since figures are prepared for assembly groups
and subassembly groups, and listings are divided into the same groups.

(2) Second. Find the figure covering the assembly group or subassembly group to
which the item belongs.

7
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

(3) Third. Identify the item on the figure and note the item number.

(4) Fourth. Refer to the Repair Parts List for the figure to find the part number for the
item number noted on the figure.

(5) Fifth. Refer to the Part Number Index to find the NSN, if assigned.

b. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Known:

(1) First. Using the Index of National Stock Numbers and Part Numbers, find the pertinent
National Stock Number or Part Number. The NSN index is in National Item Identification
Number (NIIN) sequence (see c-4a,(1)), The part numbers in the Part Number index are
listed in ascending alphanumeric sequence (see c-4.b). Both indexes
cross–reference you to the illustration figure and item number of the item you are Iooking for

(2) Second. After finding the figure and item number, verify that the item is the one
you are looking for, then locate the item number in the repair parts list for the figure.

7. Abbreviations. Abbreviations used in this manual are listed in MlL-STD–12

8
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 1. Control Box and P.C. Board Assemblies

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 01 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY

FIG. 1 CONTROL BOX AND P.C. BOARD

ASSEMBLIES

1 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-215 SCREW,MACHINE ROUND HEAD,#4-40 X 3/ 4

8 IN. LG
2 PAOZZ 96906 MS25043-18DA COVER,ELECTRICAL CO. 1
3 PAOZH 96906 MS35649-242 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #4-40 4
4 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-29 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH,#A4 4
5 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-215 SCREW,MACHINE ROUND HEAD,#4-40 X 3/ 4
8 IN. LG.
6 PAOZZ 96906 MS25043-14DA COVER,ELECTRICAL CO 1
7 PAOZH 96906 MS35649-242 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #4-40 4
8 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-29 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH,#4 4
9 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-227 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 4
10 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-37 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 4
11 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-231 SCREW,MACHINE ROUND HEAD,#6-32 X 2
1.75 IN. LG.
12 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-37 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
13 XBOZZ 92878 168227 SPACER 2

END OF FIGURE

1-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 2. P.C. Board Assembly, Model UH-68G

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 01 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY

FIG. 2 P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY, MODEL

UH-68G

1 PBFFZ 92878 168257 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOA 1

UOC:DYS
2 PAOZZ 96906 MS3367-1-9 STRAP,TIEDOWN,ELECT 15
UOC:DYS
3 XDFZZ 13499 372-5909-720 CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL CONTROL BOX 1
UOC:DYS
4 XBFZZ 237264 1189-02-09-1103 TERMINAL 8
UOC:DYS
5 PAFZA 96906 MS3103-14S-9S CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL PUMP 1
UOC:DYS
6 PAFZF 96906 MS25036-102 TERMINAL,LUG TONGUE,INSULATED,16- 1
14 AWG
UOC:DYS
7 MFFZZ 92878 10768-12 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 16 GA.,GREEN,4 1
IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N MM3412 (99974)
UOC:DYS
8 PAFZA 96906 MS3103-18-10P CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL 1
UOC:DYS
9 PAFZF 96906 MS25036-102 TERMINAL,LUG TONGUE,INSULATED,16- 1
14 AWG
UOC:DYS
10 MFFZZ 92878 10768-12 WIRE,ELECTRICAL 16 GA.,GREEN,R 1
IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N MM3412 (99974)
UOC:DYS
11 XDFZZ 14726 SO5075 CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELEC NYLON,FULLY 8
INSULATED,16-14 AWG
UOC:DYS
12 PAFZZ 14726 SO5363SFT TERMINAL,QUICK DISC FULLY 1
INSULATED,FEMALE,QUICK DISCONNECT,
16-14 AWG
UOC:DYS
13 PAFZZ 14726 S09718SF TERMINAL,QUICK DISC DISCONNECT, 4
FEMALE,16-14 AWG
UOC:DYS
14 PAFZZ 59730 B14-250A TERMINAL,QUICK DISC 5
UOC:DYS

END OF FIGURE

2-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 3. P.C. Board Assembly, Model UH-68G1

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 01 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY

FIG. 3 P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY, MODEL

UH-68G1

1 PBFFZ 92878 16825701 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOA 1

UOC:ETG
2 PAOZZ 96906 MS3367-1-9 STRAP,TIEDOWN,ELECT 15
UOC:ETG
3 XDFZZ 13499 372-5909-720 CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL CONTROL BOX 1
UOC:ETG
4 XBFZZ 27264 1189-02-09-1103 TERMINAL 8
UOC:ETG
5 PAFZZ 96906 MS3100R-14S-9S CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL PUMP 1
UOC:ETG
6 PAFZF 96906 MS25036-102 TERMINAL,LUG TONGUE,INSULATED,16- 1
14 AWG
UOC:ETG
7 MFFZZ 92878 10768-12 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 16 GA.,GREEN,4 1
IN. LG. MFR FROM P/N MM3412 (99974)
UOC:ETG
8 PAFZZ 96906 MS3450W18-10P CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL 1
UOC:ETG
9 XDFZZ 14726 SO5075 CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELEC NYLON, FULLY 8
INSULATED, 16-14 AWG
UOC:ETG
10 PAFZZ 14726 SO5363SFT TERMINAL,QUICK DISC FULLY 1
INSULATED,FEMALE,QUICK DISCONNECT,
16-14 AWG
UOC:ETG
11 PAFZZ 14726 S09718SF TERMINAL,QUICK DISC DISCONNECT, 4
FEMALE,16-14 AWG
UOC:ETG
12 PAFZZ 59730 B14-250A TERMINAL,QUICK DISC 5
UOC:ETG
13 XBFZZ 27264 1190-02-09-2103 TERMINAL 8
UOC:ETG
14 XBOZZ 27264 03-09-2092 PLUG 1
UOC:ETG

END OF FIGURE

3-1
TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 4. Control Box Assembly

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 01 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY

FIG. 4 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY

1 XBOOO 92878 168216 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY 1

2 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-228 SCREW,MACHINE ROUND HEAD,#6-32 X 3
3/8 IN. LG
3 PAOZZ 96906 MS35649-262 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON 3
4 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-30 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH,#6 3
5 XBOOO 92878 168218 COVER SUBASSEMBLY, CONTROL BOX 1
6 PAOZF 96906 MS35059-21 SWITC,TOGGLE 1
7 PAOZZ 55292 700-1-7-RA9X LIGHT,INDICATOR (RED) INCLUDES 1
BARREL FASTENER
8 PAOZZ 55292 700-1-10-RA9X LIGHT,INDICATOR (WHITE) INCLUDES 1
BARRELL FASTENER
9 PAOZZ 71286 26S8-3 STUD ASSEMBLY,TURNL 1
10 PAOZZ 71286 2600-LW WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 1
11 XDOZZ 92878 168530 LABEL,CAUTION 1
12 PAOZZ 96906 MS16535-115 RIVET,TUBULAR 3
13 XBOZZ 92878 68313 HINGE,CONTROL BOX 1
14 XBOZZ 92878 168271 COVER,CONTROL BOX 1
15 PAOZZ 97539 4082 BOOT,DUST AND MOIST INCLUDES 1
BONDED INTERNAL NUT
16 XBOZZ 97539 7 ADAPTER,SEAL 1
17 PAOZZ 96906 MS25244-20 CIRCUIT BREAKER 1
18 PAOZZ 06402 N 1 480 08 BOOT,RESET SEAL INCLUDES BONDED 1
INTERNAL KNURLED NUT
19 PAOZZ 06402 45-700-IG1-P10-A CIRCUIT BREAKER 1
3-010
20 PAOZZ 96906 MS35649-262 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON 1
21 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-30 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH,#6 1
22 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-230 SCREW,MACHINE ROUND HEAD,#6-32 X 1
1/2 IN. LG
23 PAOZZ 96906 MS45904-54 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL/INTERNAL 1
TOOTH,#6
24 PAOZH 96906 MS35649-242 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #4-40 4
25 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-29 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH,#4 4
26 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-214 SCREW,MACHINE ROUND HEAD,#4-40 X 4
5/16 IN. LG
27 XDOZZ 92878 168046 GASKET 1
28 XBOZZ 92878 168217 CONTROL BOX SUBASSEMBLY 1
29 PAOZZ 96906 MS16535-54 RIVET,TUBULAR 2
30 XBOZZ 71286 212-12B-R RECEPTACLE,TURNLOCK 1
31 XDOZZ 71286 26S8-2 STUD,ASSEMBLY,TURNL 2
32 PAOZZ 71286 2600-LW WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
33 PAOZZ 92878 68708-05 DECAL
34 PAOZZ 92878 168156 LABEL 1
35 PAOZZ 92878 168524 LABEL BREAKER 1
36 XBOZZ 92878 168249 CONTROL BOX 1

END OF FIGURE

4-1
TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 5. Control Box Harness Assembly

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 01 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY

FIG. 5 CONTROL BOX HARNESS ASSEMBLY

1 XBOOO 92878 168225 HARNESS,CONTROL BOX 1

2 PAOZZ 78553 C-4980-A-4-35 CLAMP,LOOP 2
3 PAOZZ 96906 MS3367-1-9 STRAP,TIEDOWN,ELECT 2
4 XBOZZ 27264 03-09-2092 PLUG 1
5 XBOZZ 27264 1190-02-09-2103 TERMINAL,FEMALE 8
6 PAOZZ 14726 S09718SF TERMINAL,QUICK DISC DISCONNECT, 1
FEMALE,16-14 AWG
7 MOOZZ 92878 10799 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 20 GA.,GREY,11 1
1/4 IN. LG. MFR. FROM P/N M16878/
1BGE8 (81349)
8 PAOZZ 14726 S09718SF TERMINAL,QUICK DISC DISCONNECT, 1
FEMALE,16-14 AWG
9 MOOZZ 92878 10770-23 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 16 GA.,YELLOW,6 1
3/4 IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BJE4
(81349)
10 MOOZZ 92878 10795-03 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 20 GA.,YELLOW,8 1
3/4 IN.LG. MFR.FROM P/N M16878/
1BGE4 (81349)
11 XDOZZ 00779 34070 SPLICE,CONDUCTOR 22-16AWG 1
12 PAOZZ 14726 S09718SF TERMINAL,QUICK DISC DISCONNECT, 1
FEMELE,16-14 AWG
13 MOOZZ 92878 10739-03 WIRE,ELELCTRICAL, 20 GA.,VIOLET,8 1
3/4 IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BGE7
(81349)
14 MOOZZ 92878 10739-03 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 20 GA.,VIOLET,8 1
3/4 IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BGE7
(81349)
15 XDOZZ 00779 34070 SPLICE,CONDUCTOR 22-16 AWG 1
16 PAOZZ 96906 MS25036-108 TERMINAL.LUG NO. 10 STUD,16-14 1
AWG.,INSULATED BARREL
17 MOOZZ 92878 10767-09 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 16 GA.,BROWN,5 1
IN.LG.,MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BJE1
(81349)
18 MOOZZ 92878 10767-05 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 16 GA.,BROWN,8 1
IN.LG.,MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BJE1
(81349)
19 PAOZZ 96906 MS25036-108 TERMINAL.LUG NO.10 STUD.16-14 1
AWG.,ISULATED BARREL
20 MOOZZ 92878 10772-11 WIRE,ELECTRICAL 16 GA.,BLACK,5 1
IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BJE0
(81349)
21 XDOZZ 00779 34070 SPLICE,CONDUCTOR 22-16 AWG 1
22 MOOZZ 92878 10782-13 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 20 GA.,WHITE,7 1
1/2 IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BGE9
(81349)
23 XDOZZ 00779 34070 SPLICE,CONDUCTOR 22-16 AWG1
24 MOOZZ 92878 10736-06 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 20 GA.,ORANGE,3 1

5-1
SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

IN.LG.,MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BGE3

(81349)
25 MOOZZ 92878 10774-30 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 16 GA.,RED,10 3/ 1
4 IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BJE2
(81349)
26 MOOZZ 92878 10799-06 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 20 GA.,GREY,9 3/ 1
4 IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BGE8
(81349)
27 MOOZZ 82878 10736-02 WIRE,ELECTRICAL 20 GA.,ORANGE,9 1
1/2 IN.LG.,MFG.FROM P/N M16878/
1BGE3 (81349)
28 XDOZZ 96906 MS3103-14S7S CONNECTOR,RECEPTAL (ROOM THERMO) 1
29 XDOZZ 96906 MS3100R-14S-7S CONNECTOR,RECEPTACL (ROOM THERMO) 1
UOC:ETG
30 MOOZZ 92878 10766-12 WIRE,ELECTRICAL 16 GA.,ORANGE,9 1
1/2 IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BJE3
(81349)
31 MOOZZ 92878 10785-01 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 20GA.,GREEN,5 1
IN.LG.FROM P/N M16878/1BGE5
(81349)
32 MOOZZ 92878 10785-03 WIRE,ELECTRICAL 20 GA.,GREEN,3 1
IN.LG.,MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BGE5
(81349)
33 PAOZF 96906 MS25036-102 TERMINAL,LUG TONGUE,INSULATED,16- 1
14 AWG

END OF FIGURE

5-2
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 6. Side Panels and Louver Linkage

SECTION 11 TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 02 HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY

FIG. 6 SIDE PANELS AND LOUVER

LINKAGE

1 PAOZZ 65029 26 PIN,LOCK 2

2 PAOZZ 96906 MS27183-5 WASHER,FLAT 2
3 PBOZZ 92878 68711 SPRING,HELICAL,COMP 2
4 XBOZZ 92878 68662-01 LINKAGE,LOUVER 2
5 PAOZZ 96906 MS24665-285 PIN,COTTER 3/32 IN. DIA. X 1 IN. 1
LG
6 XBOZZ 92878 47172 WASHER,FLAT, 17/64 I.D. X 7/16 O.D. 2
7 PAOZ 24658 80861-45 SPRING,HELICAL,COMP 1
8 XBOZZ 92878 68671-01 HANDLE,LOUVER OPERATING 1
9 PAOZH 96906 MS90725-6 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H HEXAGON HEAD 1
10 XBOZZ 92878 65838 WASHER,FLAT 1/4 I.D. X 1 O.D 1
11 PAOZZ 96906 MS51922-1 NUT,SELF-LOCKING,HE 1/4-20 1
12 XBOZZ 92878 68754 BAR,PIVOT,CONTROL 1

END OF FIGURE

6-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 7. Right Hand Louver Panel Assembly

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 02 HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY

FIG. 7 RIGHT HAND LOUVER PANEL

ASSEMBLY

1 XBOOO 92878 168235 PANEL ASSEMBLY, RIGHT HAND LOUVER 1

2 PAOZZ 71286 26S8-3 STUD ASSEMBLY,TURNL 8
3 PAOZZ 71283 2600-LW WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 8
4 PAOZZ 96906 MS16535-133 RIVET,TUBULAR 1/8 IN. DIA. X 5/32 3
IN. LG.,BRASS
5 XBOZZ 92878 68761 LOCK,LOUVER,RIGHT HAND 1
6 XBOOO 92878 2-68756 LOUVER SUBASSEMBLY, RIGHT HAND 1
7 PAOZZ 96906 MS16535-115 RIVET,TUBULAR 10
8 XAOZZ 92878 168149 LOUVER,RIGHT HAND 10
9 XAOZZ 92878 68748 BAR,LOUVER CONTROL 1
10 XBOZZ 92878 168233 PANEL,LOUVER, RIGHT HAND 1

END OF FIGURE

7-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 8. Left Hand Louver Panel Assembly

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 02 HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY

FIG. 8 LEFT HAND LOUVER PANEL

ASSEMBLY

1 XBOOO 92878 168232 PANEL ASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND LOUVER 1

2 PAOZZ 71286 26S8-3 STUD ASSEMBLY,TURNL 8
3 PAOZZ 71286 2600-LW WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 8
4 PAOZZ 96906 MS16535-133 RIVET,TUBULAR 1/8 IN. DIA. X 5/32 3
IN.LG.,BRASS
5 XBOZZ 92878 68751 LOCK,LOUVER,LEFT HAND 1
6 XBOOO 92878 2-68746 LOUVER,SUBASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND 1
7 PAOZZ 96906 MS16535-115 RIVET,TUBULAR 10
8 XAOZZ 92878 168148 LOUVERLEFT HAND 10
9 XAOZZ 92878 68748 BAR,LOUVER CONTROL 1
10 XBOZZ 92878 168230 PANEL,LOUVER,LEFT HAND 1

END OF FIGURE

8-1
TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 9. Heater Case Assembly

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 02 HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY

FIG. 9 HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY

1 PAOZO 96906 MS35206-261 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 3

2 PAOZH 96906 MS35649-202 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #10-24 3
3 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-39 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 3
4 XBOZZ 92878 168241 DOOR SUBASSEMBLY, FRONT ACCESS 1
5 PAOZZ 71286 26S8-3 STUD ASSEMBLY,TURNL 1
6 PAOZZ 71286 2600-LW WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 1
7 XDOZZ 92878 168530 LABEL,CAUTION 1
8 XBOZZ 92878 168242 DOOR,FRONT ACCESS 1
9 PAOZO 96906 MS35206-261 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 4
10 PAOZF 96906 MS35649-202 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #10-24 4
11 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-39 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 4
12 XBOZZ 92878 168255 DOOR ASSEMBLY, RIGHT 1
13 PAOZZ 71826 26S8-3 STUD ASSEMBLY,TURNL 1
14 PAOZZ 71286 2600-LW WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 1
15 PAOZZ 96906 MS16535-133 RIVET,TUBULAR 1/8 DIA. X 5/32 4
IN.LG.,BRASS
16 XBOZZ 92878 168252 PLATE,INSTUCTION 1
17 PAOZZ 96906 MS16535-133 RIVET,TUBULAR 1/8 DIA. X 5/32 LG., 4
BRASS
18 XBOZZ 92878 168296 PLATE,WIRING DIAGRAM 1
19 XBOZZ 92878 168253 DOOR,RIGHT SIDE 1
20 PAOZO 96906 MS35206-261 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 4
21 PAOZF 96906 MS35649-202 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #10-24 4
22 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-39 WASHER,LOCK INTERNANAL TOOTH 4
23 XBOZZ 92878 2-168006 DOOR ASSEMBLY,LEFT 1
24 PAOZZ 71286 26S8-3 STUD ASSEMBLY,TURNL 1
25 PAOZZ 71286 2600-LW WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 1
26 XBOZZ 92878 2-68619 DOOR,LEFT SIDE 1
27 PAOZO 96906 MS35206-261 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 6
28 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-39 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 6
29 XBOZZ 92878 68706 COVER,BOTTOM, HEATER CASE 1
30 PZOZF 96906 MS90725-3 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H HEXAGON HEAD 8
31 PAOZH 96906 MS35333-40 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 8
32 XBOZZ 92878 58621 PLATE,HANDLE 2
33 XBOZZ 92878 58620 HANDLE,CARRYING 2
34 PAOZF 96906 MS90725-3 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H HEXAGON HEAD 7
35 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-33 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH 7
36 PAOZO 96906 MS90725-5 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H HEXAGON HEAD 1
37 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-33 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH 1
38 PAOZZ 92878 2-68828 LEAD,ELECTRIAL ASSEMBLY 1
39 PAOZZ 14726 R3458BT TERMINAL,LUG 2
40 PAOZZ 92878 10534-01 TERMINAL STRIP.GROU 5 IN. REQUIRED 1
41 PAOZZ 96906 MS45904-68 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNA/INTERNAL TOOTH 1
42 XBOZZ 92878 168018 BRACKET,MOUNTING 2
43 PAFZF 96906 MS90725-3 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H HEXAGON HEAD 5
44 PAFZZ 96906 MS35335-33 WASHER,LOCL EXTERNAL TOOTH 5
45 XBFZZ 92878 2-168111 BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY 1

9-1
SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

46 PAFZO 96906 MS35206-261 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 4

47 PAFZZ 96906 MS35333-39 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 4
48 XBFZZ 92878 168299 PLATE ASSEMBLY, P.C. BOARD MOUNTING 1
49 XBOZZ 70485 1418 GROMMET,NONMETALLIC 2
50 PAOZZ 20054 SB4-2 RIVET,BLIND 1/8 IN. DIA X 3237 IN. 4
LG
51 XBOZZ 92878 170559 PLATE, INDENTIFICATION 1
52 PAOZZ 92878 168059 LABEL RECEPTACLE 1
53 PAOZZ 92878 68708-02 LABEL RECEPTACLE 1
54 XBFFF 92878 2-168195 HEATER CASE ASSEMBLY, UH68G 1
55 PAOZZ 71286 26R41-1-1AA RECEPTACLE,FRONT MO 23

END OF FIGURE

9-2
TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 10. Carburetor and Fittings

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 03 FUEL SYSTEM

FIG. 10 CARBURETOR AND FITTINGS

1 PAOZF 96906 MS35206-242 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 2

2 PAOZZ 92878 168102 CAP PLUG INCLUDES 4 IN.CHAIN AND 1
LUG
3 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-38 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
4 XBOZZ 92878 168244-02 FUEL TAG,OVERLFOW 1
5 PAOZZ 92878 68330 CONNECTOR,FUEL HEAT 1
6 PAOZZ 93061 68CA-4-2 ADAPTER,STRAIGHT,PI 1
7 PAOZ 92878 10662-03 TUBING,NONMETALLIC 11 IN.REQD., 1
INCLUDES P/N 68CA-4-2 (93061),P/N 4-
CB12-B(45681)
8 PAOZF 96906 MS35206-242 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 2
9 PAOZZ 92878 168102 CAP PLUG INCLUDES 4 IN.CHAIN AND 1
LUG
10 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-38 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
11 XBOZZ 92878 168244-01 FUEL TAG,INLET
12 PAOZZ 92878 68330 CONNECTOR,FUEL HEAT 1
13 PAOZZ 79470 3325X2 NIPPLE,PIPE HEXAGON,1/8 I.P.T 1
14 PAOZZ 30780 4CB12B ELBOW,PIPE TO TUBE 1/8 I.P.T. - 1/ 1
4 IN. TUBE
15 PAOZZ 92878 10662-03 TUBING,NONMETALLIC 11 IN.REQD., 1
INCLUDES P/N 4CB (456810 2 EA
16 XBOZZ 92878 7520 SCREW,CAP, SOCKET HEAD,#10-24 X3/ 4
8 IN. LG
17 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-32 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH 4

END OF FIGURE

10-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 11. Fuel Filter Assembly

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 03 FUEL SYSTEM

FIG. 11 FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY

1 PAOZO 96906 MS51086-1 STRAINER,SIDIMENT 1

2 XBOZZ 19207 A5277290 PLUG,PIPE 1
3 XAOZZ 79960 F10X3 BAIL 1
4 XAOZZ 79960 F8X56 BOUWL,FILTER 1
5 PAOZZ 79960 FIX38 GASKET 1
6 PAOZZ 79960 F2X79T3 FILTER ELEMENT,FLUIT 1
7 XAOZZ 79960 F7X184 HEAD,FILTER 1

END OF FIGURE

11-1
TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 12.. Carburetor Assembly

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 03 FUEL SYSTEM

FIG. 12 CARBURETOR ASSEMBLY

1 PAOOO 92878 168198 CARBURETOR,HEATER 1

2 PAOZZ 30780 4CB12B ELBOW,PIPE TO TUBE 1/8 I.P.T. - I/ 2
4 IN. TUBE
3 XDOZZ 59501 10-17966 PLUG,PIPE BRASS,1/8 I.P.T 1
4 XBOZZ 96152 013440 FLOAT,CORBURETOR 1
5 PAOZZ 96152 95-164 STRAINER ELEMENT ,SE 1
6 XBOZZ 19207 454430 SCREW, INCLUDES LOCK WASHER 4
7 XBOZZ 96152 07397 COVER 1
8 PAOZZ 96152 07398 GASKET 1
9 XBOZZ 96152 0700 PIN,STRAIGHT,HEADLE 1
10 XBOZZ 96152 013441 FLOAT 1
11 PAOZZ 96152 013443 NEEDLE ASSEMBLY,INL ASSEMBLY, 1
INCLUDES WASHER P/N 012641 (96152)
12 XBOZZ 96152 012642 NEEDLE 1
13 XAOZZ 96152 012643 SEAT 1
14 XAOZZ 96152 012641 WASHER
15 XBOZZ 96152 09196 BODY,FLOAT BOWL 1
16 PAOZZ 79470 3325X2 NIPPLE,PIPE HEXAGON,1/8 I.P.T 1
17 PAOZZ 92878 168263 HEATER,CARBURETOR CARBURETOR 1
18 PAOZZ 14726 S05076 TERMINAL,QUICK DISC MALE,FULLY 1
INSULATED
19 PAOZZ 14726 SO5363SFT TERMINAL QUICK DISC FULLY 1
INSULATED,FEMALE,QUICK DISCONNECT
20 XAOZZ 01692 SC37178 HEATER,CARTRIDGE 1
21 PAOZH 96906 MS35206-226 SCREW,MACHINE FILISTER HEAD,6/32 2
X 1/4 IN. LG
22 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-37 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
23 PAOZZ 92878 5357 SWITCH,THERMOSTATIC PREHEAT 1
24 PAOZZ 92878 168204 FUEL SOLENOID ELECT SUBASSEMBLY 1
25 PAOZZ 14726 SO5076 TERMINAL,QUCK DISC MALE,FULLY 2
INSULATED
26 XDOZZ 96906 MS9021-005 PACKING,PREFORMED 1
27 XAOZZ 20832 17C0171-3 ACTUATOR,SOLENOID, 24 VOLT 1
28 XBOZZ 92878 47907 LABEL,FUEL ADJUSTMENT 1
29 XBOZZ 92878 49189 NEELDLE,FUEL 1
30 PAOZZ 27877 568-006 PACKING,PROFORMED 1
31 PAOZZ 81349 M83248/1-018 PACKING,PREFORMED 1
32 XBOZZ 92878 2-48113-02 MIXER,FUEL 1
33 XBOZZ 92878 168679 JET,FUEL 1
33 XBOZZ 92878 49323 GASKET,JET 0.010 IN. THK. SOFT 1
COPPER
35 PAOZH 96906 MS35206-226 SCREW,MACHINE FILISTER H4EAD,6/32 4
X 1/4 IN. LG
36 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-37 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 4
37 XBOZZ 92878 49032 BRACKET 1
38 XBOZZ 92878 168199 BODY,CORBURETOR 1

END OF FIGURE

12-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 13. Thermostat and Flame Switch Assemblies

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 04 ELECTRICAL

FIG. 13 THERMOSTAT AND FLAME SWITCH

ASSEMBLIES

1 PAPZF 96906 MS35206-242 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 2

2 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-38 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
3 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-227 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 2
4 PAOZZ 96906 MS35649-262 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #6-32 2
5 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-37 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
6 XBOZZ 92878 168686 SHIELD,THERMOSTAT 1
7 PAOZZ 81439 36T21 SWITCH, THERMOSTATIC 1
8 PAOZZ 05624 AYRZ14 GROMMET ,NONMETALLIC 1
9 XBOZZ 92878 2-168559 BRACKET , THERMOSTAT MOUNTING 1
10 PAOZF 96906 MS35206-242 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 2
11 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-38 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
12 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-227 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 2
13 PAOZZ 96906 MS35649-262 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #6-32 2
14 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-37 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 2
15 PAOZZ 81439 36T21 SWITCH, THERMOSTATIC 1
16 XDOZZ 12204 117957 GROMMET , NONMETALLIC 1
17 XBOZZ 92878 168289 BRACKET , THERMOSTAT MOUNTING (FLAME 1
SWITCH)

END OF FIGURE

13-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 14. Combustion Blower and Housing

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 04 ELECTRICAL

FIG. 14 COMBUSTION BLOWER AND

HOUSING

1 PAFZZ 96906 MS35842-11 CLAMP ,HOSE 2

2 PAFZZ 92878 49351-02 HOSE , AIR DUCT 1
3 PAFZZ 96906 MS90725-18 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H HEXAGON HEAD 1
4 PAFZH 96906 MS35333-40 WASHER , LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 1
5 XBFZZ 92878 168294 TUBE , SUPPORT 1
6 PAFZZ 92878 3050 SCREW, SELF-LOCKING WITH LOCK 4
WASHER, 1/4-20 X 3/8 IN. LG
7 PBFFF 92878 168161 COMBUSTION BLOWER AND HOUSING 1
ASSEMBLY
8 PAFZZ 96906 MS24629-23 SCREW, TAPPING, THREA ROUND HEAD, #6- 4
32 X 3/8 IN. LG
9 PAFZZ 96906 MS35333-37 WASHER, LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 4
10 XBFZZ 92878 168162 COVER SUBASSEMBLY, BLOWER HOUSING 1
11 MFFZZ 92878 10770-23 WIRE, ELECTRICAL 16 GA., YELLOW,8 1
IN.LG.FROM P/N M16878/1BJE4
(81349)
12 MFFZZ 92878 10781-12 WIRE,ELECTRICAL, 16 GA.,WHITE,7 1
IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/11BJE9
(81349)
13 PAFZZ 14726 SO5076 TERMINAL,QUICK DISC 2
14 PAFZZ 92878 170816 CAPACITOR,FIXED,MFT INCLUDES LOCK 2
WASHER AND HEX NUT
15 PAFZZ 96906 MS35206-263 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 4
16 PAFZZ 96906 MS35333-39 WASHER, LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 4
17 XBFZZ 92878 168192 BLOWER SUPPORT 1
18 PAFZZ 14726 B1870BNT SPLICE,CONDUCTOR 2
19 PAFZZ 96906 MS3367-1-9 STRAP , TIEDOWN,ELECT 2
20 PAFZZ 92878 5621 PROTECTOR, THERMAL-O THERMAL 1
21 PAFZZ 96906 MS24629-46 SCREW, TAPPING, THREA 4
22 PAFZZ 96906 MS35333-39 WASHER, LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 4
23 XBFZZ 92878 168194 BLOWER HOUSING SUBASSEMBLY 1

END OF FIGURE

14-1
TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 15. Blower Motor Subassembly

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 04 ELECTRICAL

FIG. 15 BLOWER MOTOR SUBASSEMBLY

1 XBFFF 92878 2-168667 BLOWER MOTOR SUBASSEMBLY 1

2 MFFZZ 92878 10895-03 WIRE, ELECTRICAL, 16 GA.,BLACK, 13 2
IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/4BJE0
3 XBFZZ 92878 M4402 SCREW,BRUSH HOLDING 4
4 XBFZZ 92878 M4406-1 BRUSH ASSEMBY, CARBON 2
5 XBFZZ 92878 M4386-4 SCREW. FIXED 2
6 XAFZZ 92878 M4418 FRAME CAP 1
7 XBFZZ 92878 M4094 SPRING, LOADING 1
8 XBFZZ 92878 168615 BEARING,BALL 1
9 XAFZZ 92878 M4349-3 FIELD 1
10 XBFZZ 92878 M4084 NUT ,HEXAGON 1
11 XBFZZ 92878 M4085 WASHER, FLAT 1
12 XAFZZ 92878 M4423-4 ARMATURE 1
13 XBFZZ 92878 168615 BEARING , BALL 1
14 XAFZZ 92878 M4417-1 HOUSING , SKELETON 1
15 XBFZZ 92878 M4080 SPACER 1
16 XAFZZ 92878 M4081 FAN ASSEMBLY 1
17 XAFZZ 92878 M4092 SPOOL,SPACER 1
18 XAFZZ 92878 M4091-1 CHAMBER,UPPER 1
19 XAFZZ 92878 M4081 FAN ASSEMBLY 1
20 XAFZZ 92878 M4095 CHAMBER, LOWER 1

END OF FIGURE

15-1
TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 16. Ventilating Air Motor

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 04 ELECTRICAL

FIG. 16 VENTILATING AIR MOTOR

1 PAFZZ 96906 MS35206-281 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 4

2 PAFZZ 96906 MS45904-69 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 4
3 PAFZZ 53711 5979393-1 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H HEXAGON HEAD,1/ 1
4-20 X 1 IN. LG
4 XBFZZ 92878 168231-01 MOUNTING BRACKET, CAPACITOR 1
5 PAFZH 96906 MS51967-2 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON 1
6 PAFZH 96906 MS35333-40 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 1
7 XBFZZ 62119 9481 SCREW,ROUND HEAD, SELF TAPPING 1
8 XBFZZ 01002 614A527P21 BOOT,CAPACITOR 1
9 PAFZZ 01002 344X192 FB CAPACITOR,FIXED,PAP 1
10 PAFZZ 53711 5979393-1 SCREW,CAP,HEXAGON H HEXAGON HEAD,1/ 1
4-20 X 1 IN. LG
11 PAFZH 96906 MS51967-2 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON 1
12 PAFZH 96906 MS35333-40 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 1
13 XBFZZ 92878 168213 MOUNT,MOTOR 2
14 XBFZZ 60399 N-1016-3 FAN INCLUDES SET SCREW MS51964-65 1
(96906)
15 PAFZZ 96906 MS51964-65 SCREW, CUP POINT 2
16 PAFZZ 96906 MS21044-N08 NUT,SELF-LOCK,HE #8 4
17 PAFZZ 96906 MS35335-31 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH 1
18 XBFZZ 92878 2-68827-01 STRAP,GROUND 1
19 PAFZZ 92878 168287 MOTOR,ALTENATING C AIR 1
20 PAFZZ 59730 B14-250A TERMINAL,QUICK DISC QUICK 2
DISCONNECT
21 PAFZZ 14726 SO5076 TERMINAL,QUICK DISC 1
22 XDFZZ 00779 34070 SPLICE,CONDUCTOR 22-16 AWG 1
23 XBFRZZ 62119 FHIL MOTOR,VENTILATING, AIR 1
24 XBFZZ 92878 168288 CUSHION,MOTOR 1

END OF FIGURE

16-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 17. Burner Head and Transformer

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GOUP 05 BURNER ASSEMBLY

FIG. 17 BURNER HEAD AND TRANSFORMER

1 PAOZZ 92878 2066 SCREW,MACHINE SLOTTED BINDER HEAD, 1

#6-32 X9/16 IN. LG
2 PAOZZ 78553 C4886-S-5-24D CLAMP,LOOP 1
3 PAOZZ 96906 MS35649-262 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #6-32 1
4 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-30 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH,#6 1
5 PAOZZ 96906 MS51967-2 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON 4
6 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-33 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH 4
7 PAOZF 96906 MS27183-10 WASHER,FLAT 4
8 PAOZZ 92878 168202 TRANSFORMER,POWER,C ASSEMBLY 1
INCLUDES HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE AND
CONNECTOR
9 PAOZZ 78553 C-4980-A-4-35 CLAMP,LOOP 1
10 PAOZZ 14726 SO5076 TERMINAL,QUICK DISC 2
11 MOOZZ 92878 10781-37 WIRE,ELECTRICAL 16 GA.,WHITE,6 1
IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/ M16878/1BJE9
(81349)
12 MOOZZ 92878 10770-01 WIRE,ELECTRRICAL 16 GA.,YELLOW,6 1
IN.LG.MFR.FROM P/N M16878/1BJE4
(81349)
13 XBOZZ 91878 10725-02 SLEEVING 2
14 XBOZZ 33095 51-717-007 8503 FILTER,EMI 2
15 XBOZZ 92878 168315 LABEL 1
16 PAOZZ 92878 168706 CONNECTOR 1
17 PAOZZ 92878 2-168681 IGNITER,SPARK,FUEL 1
18 XDFZZ 92878 7521 SCREW SOCKET HEAD,#10-24 X1/2 IN. 5
LG.,EVERLUBE FINISH
19 XBFZZ 92878 168680 PAD,PRESSURE 5
20 PBFZZ 928778 2-168627 BURNER HEAD UNIT ASSEMBLY 1
21 PBFZZ 92878 49093 GASKET 1
22 XBOZZ 92878 168685 DECAL,IGNITER 1

END OF FIGURE

17-1
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

Figure 18. Heat Exchanger and Shields

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 06 HEAT EXCHANGER

FIG. 18 HEAT EXCHANGER AND SHIELDS

1 PAFZZ 92878 3050 SCREW,SELF-LOCKING WITH LOCK WASHER 8

2 XBFZZ 92878 168025 EXCHANGER COVER, REAR 1
3 PAFZZ 92878 3050 SCREW,SELF-LOCKING WITH LOCK WASHER 4
4 PAFZZ 92878 68072 GASKET 1
5 PBZO 92878 2-168676 EXCHANGER,HEATER ASSEMBLY 1
6 XBFZZ 92878 168126 INSULATOR,HEAT EXCHANGER 6
7 PAFZZ 96906 MS20600-AD6W4 RIVET,BLIND STRUCTURAL PULL STEM 4
8 XBFZZ 92878 168248 STRAP,SUPPORT 2
9 XBFZZ 92878 168053 FELT,MECHANICAL,PRE 1
10 PAFZZ 96906 MS20600-AD6W4 RIVET,BLIND 4
11 XBFZZ 92878 168247 RETAINER,SHIELD 4
12 XBFZZ 92878 168052 SHIELD,HEATER CASE 2
13 PAFZZ 96906 MS20600-AD6W4 RIVET,BLIND STRUCTURAL PULL STEM 4
14 XBFZZ 92878 168248 STRAP,SUPPORT 2
15 PAFZZ 96906 MS20600-AD6W4 RIVET,BLIND STRUCTURAL PULL STEM 1
16 PAOZZ 96906 MS35206-263 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 1
17 PAOZZ 96906 MS35335-32 WASHER,LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH 1
18 PAOZH 96906 MS21333-100 CLAMP,LOOP 1
19 PAOZZ 96906 MS35649-262 NUT,PLAIN,HEXAGON #6-32 1
20 XBFZZ 92878 168248 STRAP,SUPPORT 1
21 XBFZZ 92878 168229 INSULATION,SHIELD 1

END OF FIGURE

18-1
TM 5-4520-253–23P

Figure 19. Accessories

SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 07 ACCESSORY ITEMS

FIG. 19 ACCESSORIES

1 PAOZO 96906 MS35206-261 SCREW,MACHINE PAN HEAD 8

2 PAOZZ 96906 MS35333-39 WASHER,LOCK INTERNAL TOOTH 8
3 ZBOZZ 92878 68635-07 COVER,SIDE, HEATER CASE 2
4 PAOZZ 96906 MS3456W14S7P CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELEC ROOM THERMOSTAT 1
5 PAOZZ 96906 MS3106F14S-9P CONNECTOR,PLUG,ELEC FUEL PUMP 1
6 XDOZZ 96906 MS3456W18-10S CONNECTOR,PLUG, ELEC 1
7 XDOZZ 92578 A19BAE-1 SWITCH, THERMOSTATIC 1
8 PAOZF 96906 MS51321-1 PUMP,FUEL,ELECTICA 1

END OF FIGURE

19-1
SECTION II TM5-4520-253-23P
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
ITEM SMR PART
NO CODE FSCM NUMBER DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP 08 BULK

1 PAOZZ 99974 MM3412 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V

2 PAOZZ 99974 MM3412 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
3 XDOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE8 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
4 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE4 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
5 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE4 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
6 XDOZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE1 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
7 XDOZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE1 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
8 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE0 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
9 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE9 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
10 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE3 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
11 XDOZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE2 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
12 XDOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE8 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
13 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE3 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
14 XDOZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE3 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
15 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE5 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
16 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE5 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
17 PAFZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE4 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
18 PAFZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE9 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
19 PAFZZ 81349 M16878/4BJE0 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
20 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE9 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
21 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BJE4 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V
22 PAOZZ 81349 M16878/1BGE7 WIRE,ELECTRICAL V

END OF FIGURE

BULK-1
TM 5-4520-253-23P

SECTION III

Not Applicable
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX

STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

5315-00-005-0442 6 5 5940-00-481-9089 16 20
5320-00-060-5385 7 4 4520-00-534-6826 12 5
8 4 6145-00-542-6573 BULK 4
9 15 BULK 17
9 17 BULK 21
5310-00-067-6357 16 2 5310-00-550-1130 9 31
5305-00-068-0500 9 30 14 4
9 34 16 6
9 43 16 12
5305-00-068-0501 9 36 5310-00-559-0070 10 3
5305-00-068-0502 6 9 10 10
5305-00-071-2233 14 3 13 2
5975-00-074-2072 2 2 13 11
3 2 5310-00-576-5752 9 3
5 3 9 11
14 19 9 22
5310-00-088-1251 6 11 9 28
5340-00-103-2900 17 2 9 47
6105-00-104-4341 14 20 14 16
5330-00-110-8745 18 4 14 22
5940-00-143-4780 5 16 19 2
5 19 5310-00-579-0079 1 10
5330-00-166-0994 12 31 1 12
5975-00-201-8826 4 15 12 22
5940-00-204-8966 2 6 12 36
2 9 13 5
3 6 13 14
5 33 14 9
5310-00-209-0786 9 35 5320-00-582-3276 18 7
9 37 18 10
9 44 18 13
17 6 18 15
5310-00-209-0788 4 4 5310-00-596-7691 10 17
4 21 18 17
17 4 5310-00-596-7693 16 17
5325-00-276-4993 13 8 5930-00-615-9376 4 6
4730-00-278-3721 10 13 5310-00-616-3554 1 4
12 16 1 8
5330-00-321-0982 12 8 4 25
5310-00-337-8329 4 10 4730-00-618-2952 10 6
4 32 5935-00-626-3102 19 4
7 3 6145-00-643-0650 BULK 18
8 3 BULK 20
9 6 6145-00-652-1441 BULK 9
9 14 2910-00-652-4446 11 6
9 25 6145-00-652-9307 BULK 5
6145-00-347-1171 BULK 19 5925-00-682-4015 4 17
6150-00-351-3424 9 38 2910-00-710-6054 19 8
5940-00-481-9089 2 14 5305-00-724-5812 16 15
3 12 5325-00-726-6699 4 9

I-1
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX

STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

5325-00-726-6699 7 2 5320-00-948-7332 4 12
8 2 7 7
9 5 8 7
9 13 5320-00-956-5737 4 29
9 24 4520-00-962-1048 12 11
5310-00-761-6882 16 5 5310-00-983-8483 6 2
16 11 5305-00-984-4983 12 21
17 5 12 35
4730-00-764-7353 10 5 5305-00-984-4984 1 9
10 12 13 3
5340-00-809-1492 18 18 13 12
5310-00-809-4058 17 7 5305-00-984-4988 4 2
5310-00-811-3494 16 16 5305-00-984-6208 9 1
6145-00-822-1425 BULK 1 9 9
BULK 2 9 20
5935-00-831-8733 3 5 9 27
5305-00-855-0957 14 21 9 46
5305-00-855-0972 14 8 19 1
5360-00-888-3289 6 7 5305-00-984-6210 14 15
5330-00-888-4991 11 5 18 16
5310-00-889-2528 9 41 5305-00-988-1725 16 1
5310-00-889-2708 4 23 5305-00-993-0190 4 26
5305-00-889-2997 1 1 5320-01-004-0238 9 50
1 5 5935-01-014-3302 19 5
5305-00-889-3000 4 22 5305-01-085-3224 17 1
5305-00-889-3001 1 11 5930-01-085-3357 13 7
5305-00-889-3002 10 1 13 15
10 8 5360-01-085-3509 6 3
13 1 5935-01-085-4554 3 8
13 10 4720-01-085-4988 14 2
2910-00-905-9792 22 1 5910-01-085-6434 14 14
4730-00-908-3194 14 1 4530-01-085-9215 17 20
5930-00-909-8586 12 23 5315-01-086-0602 6 1
5940-00-926-0085 2 13 5330-01-087-8827 12 30
3 11 5330-01-087-8831 17 21
5 6 4520-01-087-9511 17 17
5 8 4710-01-088-7508 10 7
5 12 10 15
5310-00-934-9739 1 3 6210-01-089-9866 4 7
1 7 6210-01-093-3202 4 8
4 24 5940-01-139-0853 12 18
5310-00-934-9747 4 3 12 25
4 20 14 13
13 4 16 21
13 13 17 10
17 3 5935-01-175-8419 1 2
18 19 5935-01-181-6651 1 6
5310-00-934-9758 9 2 2910-01-206-8630 17 16
9 10 4520-01-238-3801 14 7
9 21 7690-01-241-7476 9 52

I-2
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX

STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

7690-01-241-7477 9 53
4520-01-242-1644 9 55
4520-01-242-1645 10 2
10 9
4520-01-242-1646 12 1
4520-01-242-1647 12 17
4520-01-242-1648 12 24
5910-01-242-1658 16 9
7690-01-242-1680 4 33
7690-01-242-1681 4 34
7690-01-242-1682 4 35
5940-01-242-1706 9 40
4520-01-242-7256 4 18
5305-01-256-8504 16 3
16 10
5935-01-305-2938 2 5
5935-01-306-2380 23 8
5305-01-306-9863 14 6
18 1
18 3

I-3
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

05624 AYRZ14 5325-00-276-4993 13 8

92578 A19BAE-1 19 7
19207 A5277290 11 2
59730 B14-250A 5940-00-481-9089 2 14
3 12
16 20
14726 B1870BNT 14 18
78553 C-4980-A-4-35 5 2
17 9
78553 C4886-S-5-24D 5340-00-103-2900 17 2
62119 FHIL 16 23
79960 FIX38 5330-00-888-4991 11 5
79960 F10X3 11 3
79960 F2X79T3 2910-00-652-4446 11 6
79960 F7X184 11 7
79960 F8X56 11 4
99974 MM3412 6145-00-822-1425 BULK 1
BULK 2
96906 MS16535-115 5320-00-948-7332 4 12
7 7
8 7
96906 MS16535-133 5320-00-060-5385 7 4
8 4
9 15
9 17
96906 MS16535-54 5320-00-956-5737 4 29
96906 MS20600-AD6W4 5320-00-582-3276 18 7
18 10
18 13
18 15
96906 MS21044-N08 5310-00-811-3494 16 16
96906 MS21333-100 5340-00-809-1492 18 18
96906 MS24629-23 5305-00-855-0972 14 8
96906 MS24629-46 5305-00-855-0957 14 21
96906 MS24665-285 5315-00-005-0442 6 5
96906 MS25036-102 5940-00-204-8966 2 6
2 9
3 6
5 33
96906 MS25036-108 5940-00-143-4780 5 16
5 19
96906 MS25043-14DA 5935-01-181-6651 1 6
96906 MS25043-18DA 5935-01-175-8419 1 2
96906 MS25244-20 5925-00-682-4015 4 17
96906 MS27183-10 5310-00-809-4058 17 7
96906 MS27183-5 5310-00-983-8483 6 2
96906 MS3100R-14S-7S 5 29
96906 MS3100R-14S-9S 5935-00-831-8733 3 5
96906 MS3103-14S-9S 5935-01-305-2938 2 5
96906 MS3103-14S7S 5 28
96906 MS3103-18-10P 5935-01-306-2380 2 8

I-4
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

96906 MS3106F14S-9P 5935-01-014-3302 19 5

96906 MS3367-1-9 5975-00-074-2072 2 2
3 2
5 3
14 19
96906 MS3450W18-10P 5935-01-085-4554 3 8
96906 MS3456W14S7P 5935-00-626-3102 19 4
96906 MS3456W18-10S 19 6
96906 MS35059-21 5930-00-615-9376 4 6
96906 MS35206-214 5305-00-993-0190 4 26
96906 MS35206-215 5305-00-889-2997 1 1
1 5
96906 MS35206-226 5305-00-984-4983 12 21
12 35
96906 MS35206-227 5305-00-984-4984 1 9
13 3
13 12
96906 MS35206-228 5305-00-984-4988 4 2
96906 MS35206-230 5305-00-889-3000 4 22
96906 MS35206-231 5305-00-889-3001 1 11
96906 MS35206-242 5305-00-889-3002 10 1
10 8
13 1
13 10
96906 MS35206-261 5305-00-984-6208 9 1
9 9
9 20
9 27
9 46
19 1
96906 MS35206-263 5305-00-984-6210 14 15
18 16
96906 MS35206-281 5305-00-988-1725 16 1
96906 MS35333-37 5310-00-579-0079 1 10
1 12
12 22
12 36
13 5
13 14
14 9
96906 MS35333-38 5310-00-559-0070 10 3
10 10
13 2
13 11
96906 MS35333-39 5310-00-576-5752 9 3
9 11
9 22
9 28
9 47
14 16
14 22

I-5
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

96906 MS35333-39 5310-00-576-5752 19 2

96906 MS35333-40 5310-00-550-1130 9 31
14 4
16 6
16 12
96906 MS35335-29 5310-00-616-3554 1 4
1 8
4 25
96906 MS35335-30 5310-00-209-0788 4 4
4 21
17 4
96906 MS35335-31 5310-00-596-7693 16 17
96906 MS35335-32 5310-00-596-7691 10 17
18 17
96906 MS35335-33 5310-00-209-0786 9 35
9 37
9 44
17 6
96906 MS35649-202 5310-00-934-9758 9 2
9 10
9 21
96906 MS35649-242 5310-00-934-9739 1 3
1 7
4 24
96906 MS35649-262 5310-00-934-9747 4 3
4 20
13 4
13 13
17 3
18 19
96906 MS35842-11 4730-00-908-3194 14 1
96906 MS45904-54 5310-00-889-2708 4 23
96906 MS45904-68 5310-00-889-2528 9 41
96906 MS45904-69 5310-00-067-6357 16 2
96906 MS51086-1 2910-00-905-9792 11 1
96906 MS51321-1 2910-00-710-6054 19 8
96906 MS51922-1 5310-00-088-1251 6 11
96906 MS51964-65 5305-00-724-5812 16 15
96906 MS51967-2 5310-00-761-6882 16 5
16 11
17 5
96906 MS9021-005 12 26
96906 MS90725-18 5305-00-071-2233 14 3
96906 MS90725-3 5305-00-068-0500 9 30
9 34
9 43
96906 MS90725-5 5305-00-068-0501 9 36
96906 MS90725-6 5305-00-068-0502 6 9
81349 M16878/1BGE3 BULK 10
BULK 13
81349 M16878/1BGE4 6145-00-652-9307 BULK 5

I-6
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

81349 M16878/1BGE5 BULK 15

BULK 16
81349 M16878/1BGE7 BULK 22
81349 M16878/1BGE8 BULK 3
BULK 12
81349 M16878/1BGE9 6145-00-652-1441 BULK 9
81349 M16878/1BJE0 BULK 8
81349 M16878/1BJE1 BULK 6
BULK 7
81349 M16878/1BJE2 BULK 11
81349 M16878/1B4E3 BULK 14
81349 M16878/1BJE4 6145-00-542-6573 BULK 4
BULK 17
BULK 21
81349 M16878/1BJE9 6145-00-643-0650 BULK 18
BULK 20
81349 M16878/4BJE0 6145-00-347-1171 BULK 19
92878 M4080 15 15
92878 M4081 15 16
15 19
92878 M4084 15 10
92878 M4085 15 17
92878 M4091-1 15 18
92878 M4092 15 17
92878 M4094 15 7
92878 M4095 15 20
92878 M4349-3 15 9
92878 M4386-4 15 5
92878 M4402 15 3
92878 M4406-1 15 4
92878 M4417-1 15 14
92878 M4418 15 6
92878 M4423-4 15 12
81349 M83248/1-018 5330-00-166-0994 12 31
06402 N 1 480 08 4520-01-242-7256 4 18
60399 N-1016-3 16 14
14726 R3458BT 9 39
10054 SB4-2 5320-01-004-0238 9 50
01692 SC37178 12 20
14726 SO5075 2 11
3 9
14726 SO5076 5940-01-139-0853 12 18
12 25
14 13
16 21
17 10
14726 SO5363SFT 2 12
3 10
12 19
14726 SO9718SF 5940-00-926-0085 2 13
3 11

I-7
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

14726 S09718SF 5940-00-926-0085 5 6

5 8
5 12
96152 012641 12 14
96152 012642 12 12
96152 012643 12 13
96152 013440 12 4
96152 013441 12 10
96152 013443 4520-00-962-1048 12 11
27264 03-09-2092 3 14
5 4
96152 0700 12 9
96152 07397 12 7
96152 07398 5330-00-321-0982 12 8
96152 09196 12 15
59501 10-17966 12 3
92878 10534-01 5940-01-242-1706 9 40
92878 10662-03 4710-01-088-7508 10 7
10 15
92878 10725-02 17 13
92878 10736-02 5 27
92878 10736-06 5 24
92878 10739-03 5 13
5 14
92878 10766-12 5 30
92878 10767-05 5 18
92878 10767-09 5 17
92878 10768-12 2 7
2 10
3 7
92878 10770-01 17 12
92878 10770-23 5 9
14 11
92878 10772-11 5 20
92878 10774-30 5 25
92878 10781-12 14 12
92878 10781-37 17 11
92878 10782-13 5 22
92878 10785-01 5 31
92878 10785-03 5 32
92878 10795-03 5 10
92878 10799 5 7
92878 10799-06 5 26
92878 10895-03 15 2
12204 117957 13 16
27264 1189-02-09-1103 2 4
3 4
27264 1190-02-09-2103 3 13
5 5
70485 1418 9 49
92878 168018 9 42

I-8
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

92878 168025 18 2
92878 168046 4 27
92878 168052 18 12
92878 168053 18 9
92878 168059 7690-01-241-7476 9 52
92878 168102 4520-01-242-1645 10 2
10 9
92878 168126 18 6
92878 168148 8 8
92878 168149 7 8
92878 168156 7690-01-242-1681 4 34
92878 168161 4520-01-238-3801 14 7
92878 168162 14 10
92878 168192 14 17
92878 168194 14 23
92878 168198 4520-01-242-1646 12 1
92878 168199 12 38
92878 168202 17 8
92878 168204 4520-01-242-1648 12 24
92878 168213 16 13
92878 168216 4 1
92878 168217 4 28
92878 168218 4 5
92878 168225 5 1
92878 168227 1 13
92878 168229 18 21
92878 168230 8 10
92878 168231-01 16 4
92878 168232 8 1
92878 168233 7 10
92878 168235 7 1
92878 168241 9 4
92878 168242 9 8
92878 168244-01 10 11
92878 168244-02 10 4
92878 168247 18 11
92878 168248 18 8
18 14
18 20
92878 168249 4 36
92878 168252 9 16
92878 168253 9 19
92878 168255 9 12
92878 168257 2 1
92878 16825701 3 1
92878 168263 4520-01-242-1647 12 17
92878 168271 4 14
92878 168287 16 19
92878 168288 16 24
92878 168289 13 17
92878 168294 14 5

I-9
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

92878 168296 9 18
92878 168299 9 48
92878 168315 17 15
92878 168524 7690-01-242-1682 4 35
92878 168530 4 11
9 7
92878 168615 15 8
15 13
92878 168679 12 33
92878 168680 17 19
92878 168685 17 22
92878 168686 13 6
92878 168706 2910-01-206-8630 17 16
20832 17C0171-3 12 27
92878 170559 9 51
92878 170816 5910-01-085-6434 14 14
92878 2-168006 9 23
92878 2-168111 9 45
92878 2-168195 9 54
92878 2-168559 13 9
92878 2-168627 4530-01-085-9215 17 20
92878 2-168667 15 1
92878 2-168676 18 5
92878 2-168681 4520-01-087-9511 17 17
92878 2-48113-02 12 32
92878 2-68619 9 26
92878 2-68746 8 6
92878 2-68756 7 6
92878 2-68827-01 16 18
92878 2-68828 6150-00-351-3424 9 38
92878 2066 5305-01-085-3224 17 1
71286 212-12B-R 4 30
65029 26 5315-01-086-0602 6 1
71286 26R41-1-1AA 4520-01-242-1644 9 55
71286 26S8-2 4 31
71286 26S8-3 5325-00-726-6699 4 9
7 2
8 2
9 5
9 13
9 24
71286 2600-LW 5310-00-337-8329 4 10
4 32
7 3
9 6
9 14
9 25
92878 3050 5305-01-306-9863 14 6
18 1
18 3

I-10
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

79470 3325X2 4730-00-278-3721 10 13

12 16
00779 34070 5 11
5 15
5 21
5 23
16 22
01002 344X192 FB 5910-01-242-1658 16 9
81349 36T21 5930-01-085-3357 13 7
13 15
13499 372-5909-720 2 3
3 3
30780 4CB12B 10 14
12 2
97539 4082 5975-00-201-8826 4 15
06402 45-700-IG1-P10-A 4 19
3-010
19207 454430 12 6
92878 47172 6 6
92878 47907 12 28
92878 49032 12 37
92878 49093 5330-01-087-8831 17 21
92878 49189 12 29
92878 49323 12 33
92878 49351-02 4720-01-085-4988 14 2
33095 51-717-007 8503 17 14
92878 5357 5930-00-909-8586 12 23
92878 5621 6105-00-104-4341 14 20
27877 568-006 5330-01-087-8827 12 30
92878 58620 9 33
92878 58621 9 32
53711 5979393-1 5305-01-256-8504 16 3
16 10
01002 614A527P21 16 8
92878 65838 6 10
93061 68CA-4-2 4730-00-618-2952 10 6
92878 68072 5330-00-110-8745 18 4
92878 68313 4 13
92878 68330 4730-00-764-7353 10 5
10 12
92878 68635-07 19 3
92878 68662-01 6 4
92878 68671-01 6 8
92878 68706 9 29
92878 68708-02 7690-01-241-7477 9 53
92878 68708-05 7690-01-242-1680 4 33
92878 68711 5360-01-085-3509 6 3
92878 68748 7 9
8 9
92878 68751 8 5
92878 68754 6 12

I-11
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

FSCM PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIG. ITEM

92878 68761 7 5
97539 7 4 16
55292 700-1-10-RA9X 6210-01-093-3202 4 8
55292 700-1-7-RA9X 6210-01-089-9866 4 7
92878 7520 10 16
92878 7521 17 18
24658 80861-45 5360-00-888-3289 6 7
62119 9481 16 7
96152 95-164 4520-00-534-6826 12 5

I-12
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

BULK 1 6145-00-822-1425 99974 MM3412

BULK 2 6145-00-822-1425 99974 MM3412
BULK 3 81349 M16878/1BGE8
BULK 4 6145-00-542-6573 81349 M16878/1BJE4
BULK 5 6145-00-652-9307 81349 M16878/1BGE4
BULK 6 81349 M16878/1BJE1
BULK 7 81349 M16878/1BJE1
BULK 8 81349 M16878/1BJE0
BULK 9 6145-00-652-1441 81349 M16878/1BGE9
BULK 10 81349 M16878/1BGE3
BULK 11 81349 M16878/1BJE2
BULK 12 81349 M16878/1BGE8
BULK 13 81349 M16878/1BGE3
BULK 14 81349 M16878/1BJE3
BULK 15 81349 M16878/1BGE5
BULK 16 81349 M16878/1BGE5
BULK 17 6145-00-542-6573 81349 M16878/1BJE4
BULK 18 6145-00-643-0650 81349 M16878/1BJE9
BULK 19 6145-00-347-1171 81349 M16878/4BJE0
BULK 20 6145-00-643-0650 81349 M16878/1BJE9
BULK 21 6145-00-542-6573 81349 M16878/1BJE4
BULK 22 81349 M16878/1BGE7
1 1 5305-00-889-2997 96906 MS35206-215
1 2 5935-01-175-8419 96906 MS25043-18DA
1 3 5310-00-934-9739 96906 MS35649-242
1 4 5310-00-616-3554 96906 MS35335-29
1 5 5305-00-889-2997 96906 MS35206-215
1 6 5935-01-181-6651 96906 MS25043-14DA
1 7 5310-00-934-9739 96906 MS35649-242
1 8 5310-00-616-3554 96906 MS35335-29
1 9 5305-00-984-4984 96906 MS35206-227
1 10 5310-00-579-0079 96906 MS35333-37
1 11 5305-00-889-3001 96906 MS35206-231
1 12 5310-00-579-0079 96906 MS35333-37
1 13 92878 168227
2 1 92878 168257
2 2 5975-00-074-2072 96906 MS3367-1-9
2 3 13499 372-5909-720
2 4 27264 1189-02-09-1103
2 5 5935-01-305-2938 96906 MS3103-14S-9S
2 6 5940-00-204-8966 96906 MS25036-102
2 7 92878 10768-12
2 8 5935-01-306-2380 96906 MS3103-18-10P
2 9 5940-00-204-8966 96906 MS25036-102
2 10 92878 10768-12
2 11 14726 S05075
2 12 14726 S05363SFT
2 13 5940-00-926-0085 14726 S09718SF
2 14 5940-00-481-9089 59730 B14-250A
3 1 92878 16825701
3 2 5975-00-074-2072 96906 MS3367-1-9

I-13
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

3 3 13499 372-5909-720
3 4 27264 1189-02-09-1103
3 5 5935-00-831-8733 96906 MS3100R-14S-9S
3 6 5940-00-204-8966 96906 MS25036-102
3 7 92878 10768-12
3 8 5935-01-085-4554 96906 MS3450W18-10P
3 9 14726 S05075
3 10 14726 S05363SFT
3 11 5940-00-926-0085 14726 S09718SF
3 12 5940-00-481-9089 59730 B14-250A
3 13 27264 1190-02-09-2103
3 14 27264 03-09-2092
4 1 92878 168216
4 2 5305-00-984-4988 96906 MS35206-228
4 3 5310-00-934-9747 96906 MS35649-262
4 4 5310-00-209-0788 96906 MS35335-30
4 5 92878 168218
4 6 5930-00-615-9376 96906 MS35059-21
4 7 6210-01-089-9866 55292 700-1-7-RA9X
4 8 6210-01-093-3202 55292 700-1-10-RA9X
4 9 5325-00-726-6699 71286 26S8-3
4 10 5310-00-337-8329 71286 2600-LW
4 11 92878 168530
4 12 5320-00-948-7332 96906 MS16535-115
4 13 92878 68313
4 14 92878 168271
4 15 5975-00-201-8826 97539 4082
4 16 97539 7
4 17 5925-00-682-4015 96906 MS25244-20
4 18 4520-01-242-7256 06402 N 1 480 08
4 19 06402 45-700-IG1-P10-A
3-010
4 20 5310-00-934-9747 96906 MS35649-262
4 21 5310-00-209-0788 96906 MS35335-30
4 22 5305-00-889-3000 96906 MS35206-230
4 23 5310-00-889-2708 96908 MS45904-54
4 24 5310-00-934-9739 96906 MS35649-242
4 25 5310-00-616-3554 96906 MS35335-29
4 26 5305-00-993-0190 96906 MS35206-214
4 27 92878 168046
4 28 92878 168217
4 29 5320-00-956-5737 96906 MS16535-54
4 30 71286 212-12B-R
4 31 71286 26S8-2
4 32 5310-00-337-8329 71286 2600-LW
4 33 7690-01-242-1680 92878 68708-05
4 34 7690-01-242-1681 92878 168156
4 35 7690-01-242-1682 92878 168524
4 36 92878 168249
5 1 92878 168225
5 2 78553 C-4980-A-4-35

I-14
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

5 3 5975-00-074-2072 96906 MS3367-1-9

5 4 27264 03-09-2092
5 5 27264 1190-02-09-2103
5 6 5940-00-926-0085 14726 S09718SF
5 7 92878 10799
5 8 5940-00-926-0085 14726 S09718SF
5 9 92878 10770-23
5 10 92878 10795-03
5 11 00779 34070
5 12 5940-00-926-0085 14726 S09718SF
5 13 92878 10739-03
5 14 92878 10739-03
5 15 00779 34070
5 16 5940-00-143-4780 96906 MS25036-108
5 17 92878 10767-09
5 18 92878 10767-05
5 19 5940-00-143-4780 96906 MS25036-108
5 20 92878 10772-11
5 21 00779 34070
5 22 92878 10782-13
5 23 00779 34070
5 24 92878 10736-06
5 25 92878 10774-30
5 26 92878 10799-06
5 27 92878 10736-02
5 28 96906 MS3103-14S7S
5 29 96906 MS3100R-14S-7S
5 30 92878 10766-12
5 31 92878 10785-01
5 32 92878 10785-03
5 33 5940-00-204-8966 96906 MS25036-102
6 1 5315-01-086-0602 65029 26
6 2 5310-00-983-8483 96906 MS27183-5
6 3 5360-01-085-3509 92878 68711
6 4 92878 68662-01
6 5 5315-00-005-0442 96906 MS24665-285
6 6 92878 47172
6 7 5360-00-888-3289 24658 80861-45
6 8 92878 68671-01
6 9 5305-00-068-0502 96906 MS90725-6
6 10 92878 65838
6 11 5310-00-088-1251 96906 MS51922-1
6 12 92878 68754
7 1 92878 168235
7 2 5325-00-726-6699 71286 26S8-3
7 3 5310-00-337-8329 71286 2600-LW
7 4 5320-00-060-5385 96906 MS16535-133
7 5 92878 68761
7 6 92878 2-68756
7 7 5320-00-948-7332 96906 MS16535-115
7 8 92878 168149

I-15
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

7 9 92878 68748
7 10 92878 168233
8 1 92878 168232
8 2 5325-00-726-6699 71286 26S8-3
8 3 5310-00-337-8329 71286 2600-LW
8 4 5320-00-060-5385 96906 MS16535-133
8 5 92878 68751
8 6 92878 2-68746
8 7 5320-00-948-7332 96906 MS16535-115
8 8 92878 168148
8 9 92878 68748
8 10 92878 168230
9 1 5305-00-984-6208 96906 MS35206-261
9 2 5310-00-934-9758 96906 MS35649-202
9 3 5310-00-576-5752 96906 MS35333-39
9 4 92878 168241
9 5 5325-00-726-6699 71286 26S8-3
9 6 5310-00-337-8329 71286 2600-LW
9 7 92878 168530
9 8 92878 168242
9 9 5305-00-984-6208 96906 MS35206-261
9 10 5310-00-934-9758 96906 MS35649-202
9 11 5310-00-576-5752 96906 MS35333-39
9 12 92878 168255
9 13 5325-00-726-6699 71286 26S8-3
9 14 5310-00-337-8329 71286 2600-LW
9 15 5320-00-060-5385 96906 MS16535-133
9 16 92878 168252
9 17 5320-00-060-5385 96906 MS16535-133
9 18 92878 168296
9 19 92878 168253
9 20 5305-00-984-6208 96906 MS35206-261
9 21 5310-00-934-9758 9696 MS35649-202
9 22 5310-00-576-5752 96906 MS35333-39
9 23 92878 2-168006
9 24 5325-00-726-6699 71286 26S8-3
9 25 5310-00-337-8329 71286 2600-LW
9 26 92878 2-68619
9 27 5305-00-984-6208 96906 MS35206-261
9 28 5310-00-576-5752 96906 MS35333-39
9 29 92878 68706
9 30 5305-00-068-0500 96906 MS90725-3
9 31 5310-00-550-1130 96906 MS35333-40
9 32 92878 58621
9 33 92878 58620
9 34 5305-00-068-0500 96906 MS90725-3
9 35 5310-00-209-0786 96906 MS35335-33
9 36 5305-00-068-0501 96906 MS90725-5
9 37 5310-00-209-0786 96906 MS35335-33
9 38 6150-00-351-3424 92878 2-68828
9 39 14726 R3458BT

I-16
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

9 40 5940-01-242-1706 92878 10534-01

9 41 5310-00-889-2528 96906 MS45904-68
9 42 92878 168018
9 43 5305-00-068-0500 96906 MS90725-3
9 44 5310-00-209-0786 96906 MS35335-33
9 45 92878 2-168111
9 46 5305-00-984-6208 96906 MS35206-261
9 47 5310-00-576-5752 96906 MS35333-39
9 48 92878 168299
9 49 70485 1418
9 50 5320-01-004-0238 10054 SB4-2
9 51 92878 170559
9 52 7690-01-241-7476 92878 168059
9 53 7690-01-241-7477 92878 68708-02
9 54 92878 2-168195
9 55 4520-01-242-1644 71286 26R41-1-1AA
10 1 5305-00-889-3002 96906 MS35206-242
10 2 4520-01-242-1645 92878 168102
10 3 5310-00-559-0070 96906 MS35333-38
10 4 92878 168244-02
10 5 4730-00-764-7353 92878 68330
10 6 4730-00-618-2952 93061 68CA-4-2
10 7 4710-01-088-7508 92878 10662-03
10 8 5305-00-889-3002 96906 MS35206-242
10 9 4520-01-242-1645 92878 168102
10 10 5310-00-559-0070 96906 MS35333-38
10 11 92878 168244-01
10 12 4730-00-764-7353 92878 68330
10 13 4730-00-278-3721 79470 3325X2
10 14 30780 4CB12B
10 15 4710-01-088-7508 92878 10662-03
10 16 92878 7520
10 17 5310-00-596-7691 96906 MS35335-32
11 1 2910-00-905-9792 96906 MS51086-1
11 2 19207 A5277290
11 3 79960 F10X3
11 4 79960 F8X56
11 5 5330-00-888-4991 79960 FIX38
11 6 2910-00-652-4446 79960 F2X79T3
11 7 79960 F7X184
12 1 4520-01-242-1646 92878 168198
12 2 30780 4CB12B
12 3 59501 10-17966
12 4 96152 013440
12 5 4520-00-534-6826 96152 95-164
12 6 19207 454430
12 7 96152 07397
12 8 5330-00-321-0982 96152 07398
12 9 96152 0700
12 10 96152 013441
12 11 4520-00-962-1048 96152 013443

I-17
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

12 12 96152 012642
12 13 96152 012643
12 14 96152 012641
12 15 96152 09196
12 16 4730-00-278-3721 79470 3325X2
12 17 4520-01-242-1647 92878 168263
12 18 5940-01-139-0853 14726 S05076
12 19 14726 S05363SFT
12 20 01692 SC37178
12 21 5305-00-984-4983 96906 MS35206-226
12 22 5310-00-579-0079 96906 MS35333-37
12 23 5930-00-909-8586 92878 5357
12 24 4520-01-242-1648 92878 168204
12 25 5940-01-139-0853 14726 S05076
12 26 96906 MS9021-005
12 27 20832 17C0171-3
12 28 92878 47907
12 29 92878 49189
12 30 5330-01-087-8827 27877 568-006
12 31 5330-00-166-0994 81349 M83248/1-018
12 32 92878 2-48113-02
12 33 92878 168679
12 33 92878 49323
12 35 5305-00-984-4983 96906 MS35206-226
12 36 5310-00-579-0079 96906 MS35333-37
12 37 92878 49032
12 38 92878 168199
13 1 5305-00-889-3002 96906 MS35206-242
13 2 5310-00-559-0070 96906 MS35333-38
13 3 5305-00-984-4984 96906 MS35206-227
13 4 5310-00-934-9747 96906 MS35649-262
13 5 5310-00-579-0079 96906 MS35333-37
13 6 92878 168686
13 7 5930-01-085-3357 81439 36T21
13 8 5325-00-276-4993 05624 AYRZ14
13 9 92878 2-168559
13 10 5305-00-889-3002 96906 MS35206-242
13 11 5310-00-559-0070 96906 MS35333-38
13 12 5305-00-984-4984 96906 MS35206-227
13 13 5310-00-934-9747 96906 MS35649-262
13 14 5310-00-579-0079 96906 MS35333-37
13 15 5930-01-085-3357 81439 36T21
13 16 12204 117957
13 17 92878 168289
14 1 4730-00-908-3194 96906 MS35842-11
14 2 4720-01-085-4988 92878 49351-02
14 3 5305-00-071-2233 96906 MS90725-18
14 4 5310-00-550-1130 96906 MS35333-40
14 5 92878 168294
14 6 5305-01-306-9863 92878 3050
14 7 4520-01-238-3801 92878 168161

I-18
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

14 8 5305-00-855-0972 96906 MS24629-23

14 9 5310-00-579-0079 96906 MS35333-37
14 10 92878 168162
14 11 92878 10770-23
14 12 92878 10781-12
14 13 5940-01-139-0853 14726 S05076
14 14 5910-01-085-6434 92878 170816
14 15 5305-00-984-6210 96906 MS35206-263
14 16 5310-00-576-5752 96906 MS35333-39
14 17 92878 168192
14 18 14726 B1870BNT
14 19 5975-00-074-2072 96906 MS3367-1-9
14 20 6105-00-104-4341 92878 5621
14 21 5305-00-855-0957 96906 MS24629-46
14 22 5310-00-576-5752 96906 MS35333-39
14 23 92878 168194
15 1 92878 2-168667
15 2 92878 10895-03
15 3 92878 M4402
15 4 92878 M4406-1
15 5 92878 M4386-4
15 6 92878 M4418
15 7 92878 M4094
15 8 92878 168615
15 9 92878 M4349-3
15 10 92878 M4084
15 11 92878 M4085
15 12 92878 M4423-4
15 13 92878 168615
15 14 92878 M4417-1
15 15 92878 M4080
15 16 92878 M4081
15 17 92878 M4092
15 18 92878 M4091-1
15 19 92878 M4081
15 20 92878 M4095
16 1 5305-00-988-1725 96906 MS35206-281
16 2 5310-00-067-6357 96906 MS45904-69
16 3 5305-01-256-8504 53711 5979393-1
16 4 92878 168231-01
16 5 5310-00-761-6882 96906 MS51967-2
16 6 5310-00-550-1130 96906 MS35333-40
16 7 62119 9481
16 8 01002 614A527P21
16 9 5910-01-242-1658 01002 344X192 FB
16 10 5305-01-256-8504 53711 5979393-1
16 11 5310-00-761-6882 96906 MS51967-2
16 12 5310-00-550-1130 96906 MS35333-40
16 13 92878 168213
16 14 60399 N-1016-3
16 15 5305-00-724-5812 96906 MS51964-65

I-19
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

16 16 5310-00-811-3494 96906 MS21044-N08

16 17 5310-00-596-7693 96906 MS35335-31
16 18 92878 2-68827-01
16 19 92878 168287
16 20 5940-00-481-9089 59730 B14-250A
16 21 5940-01-139-0853 14726 SO5076
16 22 00779 34070
16 23 62119 FHIL
16 24 92878 168288
17 1 5305-01-085-3224 92878 2066
17 2 5340-00-103-2900 78553 C4886-S-5-24D
17 3 5310-00-934-9747 96906 MS35649-262
17 4 5310-00-209-0788 96906 MS35335-30
17 5 5310-00-761-6882 96906 MS51967-2
17 6 5310-00-209-0786 96906 MS35335-33
17 7 5310-00-809-4058 96906 MS27183-10
17 8 92878 168202
17 9 78553 C-4980-A-4-35
17 10 5940-01-139-0853 14726 SO5076
17 11 92878 10781-37
17 12 92878 10770-01
17 13 92878 10725-02
17 14 33095 51-717-007 8503
17 15 92878 168315
17 16 2910-01-206-8630 92878 168706
17 17 4520-01-087-9511 92878 2-168681
17 18 92878 7521
17 19 92878 168680
17 20 4530-01-085-9215 92878 2-168627
17 21 5330-01-087-8831 92878 49093
17 22 92878 168685
18 1 5305-01-306-9863 92878 3050
18 2 92878 168025
18 3 5305-01-306-9863 92878 3050
18 4 5330-00-110-8745 92878 68072
18 5 92878 2-168676
18 6 92878 168126
18 7 5320-00-582-3276 96906 MS20600-AD6W4
18 8 92878 168248
18 9 92878 168053
18 10 5320-00-582-3276 96906 MS20600-AD6W4
18 11 92878 168247
18 12 92878 168052
18 13 5320-00-582-3276 96906 MS20600-AD6W4
18 14 92878 168248
18 15 5320-00-582-3276 96906 MS20600-AD6W4
18 16 5305-00-984-6210 96906 MS35206-263
18 17 5310-00-596-7691 96906 MS35335-32
18 18 5340-00-809-1492 96906 MS21333-100
18 19 5310-00-934-9747 96906 MS35649-262
18 20 92878 168248

I-20
SECTION IV TM5-4520-253-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIG. ITEM STOCK NUMBER FSCM PART NUMBER

18 21 92878 168229
19 1 5305-00-984-6208 96906 MS35206-261
19 2 5310-00-576-5752 96906 MS35333-39
19 3 92878 68635-07
19 4 5935-00-626-3102 96906 MS3456W14S7P
19 5 5935-01-014-3302 96906 MS3106F14S-9P
19 6 96906 MS3456W18-10S
19 7 92578 A19BAE-1
19 8 2910-00-710-6054 96906 MS51321-1

I-21/(I-22 BLANK)
 TM 5-4520-253-23P

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

CARL E. VUONO
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff

Official:

WILLIAM J. MEEHAN, II
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General

DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-25E, Unit, Direct Support and
General Support Maintenance requirements for Heater, Space (UH68G).

*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1990 - 754-029/20137

PIN: 061885-000